170
185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership. Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication and Conflict, 9(1), 1544-0508. Attardo, S. (1994). Linguistics Theories of Humour. Berlin: Moutan de Gruyter. Arfeen, B. (2009). Humor in the Workplace: How it Works and What if it Doesn’t? LCOM Papers 1 (2009), 1 15. Retrieved October 5, 2010 at http://www.hku.hk/english/LCOM%20paper/LCOM%20papers%20new,%20rev/2009 %20vol1/1_Bibi_Arfeen.pdf Baljit Kaur. (1994). A Case Study of Turn Taking. Unpublished M.A Dissertation, University of Malaya, Kuala Lumpur. Brown R. & Gilman, A. (1960). The Pronouns of Power and Solidarity. In T. Sebok. (Ed.), Style in Language. Cambridge: MIT Press, 253-277. Chiaro, D. (1992). The Language of Jokes: Analysing Verbal Play. London and New York: Routledge. Clark, M. (1970). Humour and Incongruity. Psychology, 45(171), 20-32. Cliff, R. (1999). Irony in Conversation. Language in Society, 28(4), 523-553. Clouse, R. W. & Spurgeon, K. L. (1995). Corporate Analysis of Humor. Psychology, A Quarterly Journal of Human Behavior, 32(3-4), 1-24. Coates, J. (1989). Gossip Revisited: Language in All- Female Groups. In Coates, J. & Tannen, D. (Eds.), Women in Their Speech Communities, London: Longman, pp. 94- 121. Coates, J. (2007). Talk in a Play Frame: More on Laughter and Intimacy. Journal of Pragmatics, 39, 29-49. Colston, H. L. & O’ Brien, J. (2000). Contrast and Pragmatics in Figurative Language: Anything Understatement Can Do, Irony Can Do Better. Journal of Pragmatics, 32, 1557-1583. Cooper, C. (2008). Elucidating the Bonds of Humour: A Relational Process. Human Relations, 61(8), 1087-1115. Coser, R. (1960). Laughter among Colleagues: A Study of the Functions of Humor Among the Staffs of a Mental Hospital. Psychiatry, 23, 81-95. Cruthirds, W. K. (2006). The Impact of Humor on Mediation. Dispute Resolution Journal, 61(3), 32-41.

REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    3

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

185

REFERENCES

Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership. Journal of Organizational Culture,

Communication and Conflict, 9(1), 1544-0508.

Attardo, S. (1994). Linguistics Theories of Humour. Berlin: Moutan de Gruyter.

Arfeen, B. (2009). Humor in the Workplace: How it Works and What if it Doesn’t? LCOM

Papers 1 (2009), 1 – 15. Retrieved October 5, 2010 at

http://www.hku.hk/english/LCOM%20paper/LCOM%20papers%20new,%20rev/2009

%20vol1/1_Bibi_Arfeen.pdf

Baljit Kaur. (1994). A Case Study of Turn Taking. Unpublished M.A Dissertation,

University of Malaya, Kuala Lumpur.

Brown R. & Gilman, A. (1960). The Pronouns of Power and Solidarity. In T. Sebok.

(Ed.), Style in Language. Cambridge: MIT Press, 253-277.

Chiaro, D. (1992). The Language of Jokes: Analysing Verbal Play. London and New York:

Routledge.

Clark, M. (1970). Humour and Incongruity. Psychology, 45(171), 20-32.

Cliff, R. (1999). Irony in Conversation. Language in Society, 28(4), 523-553.

Clouse, R. W. & Spurgeon, K. L. (1995). Corporate Analysis of Humor. Psychology, A

Quarterly Journal of Human Behavior, 32(3-4), 1-24.

Coates, J. (1989). Gossip Revisited: Language in All- Female Groups. In Coates, J. &

Tannen, D. (Eds.), Women in Their Speech Communities, London: Longman, pp. 94-

121.

Coates, J. (2007). Talk in a Play Frame: More on Laughter and Intimacy. Journal of

Pragmatics, 39, 29-49.

Colston, H. L. & O’ Brien, J. (2000). Contrast and Pragmatics in Figurative Language:

Anything Understatement Can Do, Irony Can Do Better. Journal of Pragmatics, 32,

1557-1583.

Cooper, C. (2008). Elucidating the Bonds of Humour: A Relational Process. Human

Relations, 61(8), 1087-1115.

Coser, R. (1960). Laughter among Colleagues: A Study of the Functions of Humor

Among the Staffs of a Mental Hospital. Psychiatry, 23, 81-95.

Cruthirds, W. K. (2006). The Impact of Humor on Mediation. Dispute Resolution Journal,

61(3), 32-41.

Page 2: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

186

David, M. K., Jariah Mohd Jan, Kow, K. Y. C. & Yoong, D. S. C. (2006).

Functions and Role of Laughter in Malaysian Women’s and Men’s Talk. Multilingua,

25, 77-99.

Davies, C. E. (2003). How English-Learners Joke with Native Speakers: An Interactional

Sociolinguistic Perspective on Humor as Collaborative Discourse across Cultures.

Journal of Pragmatics, 35, 1361-1385.

Drew, P., Chatwin, J. & Collins, S. (2000). Conversation Analysis: A Method for

Research Into Interactions Between Patients and Health-Care Professionals. Health

Expectations, 4, 58-70.

Ellysha Nadira Abdullah. (2005). An Analysis of Chat Room: Linguistic and Non

Linguistics Features and Turn-Taking Patterns, Unpublished M.A Thesis, University of

Malaya, Kuala Lumpur.

Fairclough, N. (2001). Language and Power. (2nd

ed.). England: Pearson.

Feinberg, L. (1978). The Secret of Humor. Netherlands: Rodopi.

Freud, S. (1905). Jokes and Their Relation to the Unconscious. Britain: Penguin Books

Goldstein, J. H. & McGhee, P. E. (1972). The Psychology of Humour: Theoretical

Perspectives and Empirical Issues. United States of America: Academic Press.

Goodwin, C. & Heritage, J. (1990). Conversation Analysis. Annual Review of

Anthropology, 19, 283-307.

Graham, L. G. (2010). What is it like to be Funny? The Spontaneous Humor Producer’s

Subjective Experience. Dissertation, Antioch University, Ohio.

Greatbatch, D. (1988). A Turn Taking System for British News Interviews. Language and

Society, 17, 401-430.

Hadina Habil. (2003). Patterns of Electronic Mail Discourse in Two Malaysian

Organisations, Unpublished Ph.D. Thesis, Universiti Putra Malaysia, Kuala Lumpur.

Hay, J. (1995). Gender and Humour: Beyond a Joke. Unpublished M.A Thesis, Victoria

University of Wellington, New Zealand.

Hay, J. (2000). Functions of Humor in the Conversations of Men and Women. Journal of

Pragmatics, 32(6), 709-742.

Hemmasi, M., Graf, L. A. & Russ, G. S. (1994). Gender Related Jokes in the Workplace:

Sexual Humor or Sexual Harassment? Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 24(12),

1114–1128.

Page 3: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

187

Hester, N. T. (2010) The Examination of Humor Usage and Its Relationship to Cohesion in

Male Collegiate Basketball. Ph.D. Thesis, University of North Carolina, Greensboro.

Hobbs, P. (2007). Lawyers' Use of Humor as Persuasion. Humor: International Journal of

Humor Research, 20(2), 123-156.

Holmes, J. (1998). No joking matter! The Functions of Humour in the Workplace.

Proceedings of the Australian Linguistics Society Conference. Brisbane University of

Queensland. Retrieved October 5, 2010 at

http://emsah.uq.edu.au/linguistics/als/als98/holme358.html

Holmes, J. (2000a). Doing Collegiality and Keeping Control at Work: Small Talk in

Government Departments. In Coupland, J. (Ed.), Small Talk. (pp. 32-61). London:

Longman.

Holmes, J. (2000b). Politeness, Power and Provocation: How Humour Functions in the

Workplace. Discourse Studies, 2(2), 1-17.

Holmes, J. & Marra, M. (2002a). Humour as a Discursive Boundary Marker in Social

Interaction. In Duszak, A. (Ed.), Us and Others: Social Identities Across Languages,

Discourses and Cultures, Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 377-400.

Holmes, J. & Marra, M. (2002b.) Over the Edge? Subversive Humour between Colleagues

and Friends. International Journal of Humour Research, 15(1), 65-87.

Holmes, J. & Marra, M. (2002c). Having a Laugh at Work: How Humour Contributes to

Workplace Culture. Journal of Pragmatics, 34 (12), 1683-1710.

Holmes, J. & Stubbe, M. (2003). Power and Politeness in the Workplace. England:

Pearson.

Holmes, J. (2006). Sharing a Laugh: Pragmatic Aspects of Humor and Gender in the

Workplace. Journal of Pragmatics, 38(1), 26-50.

Holmes, J. (2007). Humour and the Construction of Maori Leadership at Work.

Leadership, 3(1), 5-27.

Holmes, J. (2008). Introduction to Sociolinguistics. (3rd

ed.). United Kingdom: Pearson.

Jackson, H. (2007). Key Terms in Linguistics. London and New York: Continuum.

Jamaliah Mohd Ali. (2000). Verbal Communication: A Study of Malaysian Speakers.

Kuala Lumpur: University of Malaya Press.

Jariah Mohd Jan. (1999). Malaysian Talk Shows: A Study of Power and Solidarity in Inter-

Gender Verbal Interaction, Unpublished Ph.D. Thesis, University of Malaya, Kuala

Lumpur.

Page 4: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

188

Jasnawati Jasmin. (2008). A Study on Meetings Related to the Well-being of the

Employees in the Malaysian Public Sector. Unpublished M.A Dissertation, University

of Malaya, Kuala Lumpur.

Jefferson, G. (1978). A Technique for Inviting Laughter and its Subsequent Acceptance

Declination. In Psathas, G. (Ed.), Everyday Language: Studies in Ethnomethodology,

New York: Irvington Publishers, pp. 79-86.

Jones, M. M. & Saxena, M. (1996). Turn-Taking, Power Asymmetries, and the

Positioning of Bilingual Participants in Classroom Discourse. Linguistics and

Education, 8, 105-123.

Kallock, P., Blumstein, P. & Schwartz, P. (1985). Sex and Power in Interaction:

Conversational Privileges and Duties. American Sociological Review, 50(1), 34-46.

Kangasharju, H. & Nikko, T. (2009). Emotions in Organizations: Joint Laughter in

Workplace Meetings. Journal of Business Communication, 46(1), 100-119.

Katthoff, H. (2003). Responding to Irony in Different Contexts: On Cognition in

Conversation. Journal of Pragmatics, 35(9), 1387-1411.

Katthoff, H. (2006). Gender and Humour: The State of Art. Journal of Pragmatics, 38(1),

4-25.

Kato, Fuyuko. (2000). Discourse Approach in Turn-Taking From the Perspective of Tone

Choice Between Speakers. MA Dissertation, University of Birmingham, United

Kingdom.

Keith- Spiegel, P. (1972). Early Conceptions of Humour: Varieties and Issues. In

Goldstein, J. H., & McGhee, P. E. (Eds.), The Psychology of Humour: Theoretical

Perspectives and Empiricial Issues, United States of America: Academic Press, pp 4-

34.

Lampert, M. D., & Ervin-Tripp, S. M. (2006). Risky Laughter: Teasing and Self-

Directed Joking Among Male and Female Friends. Journal of Pragmatics, 38, 51–72.

Lane, C. & Hilder. J. (2003). Conversation Analysis. In Stubbe et al. (Eds.). Multiple

Discourse Analyses of a Workplace Interaction. (pp 353-358). Discourse Studies, 5

(3), 351-389.

Leila, Mohajer. (2006). Power and Solidarity in Conversation of Iranian Women.

Unpublished M.A Dissertation, University of Malaya, Kuala Lumpur.

Lerner, G. H. (2004). Conversation Analysis: Studies From the First Generation.

Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing.

Liddicoat, A. (2007). An Introduction to Conversation Analysis. London: Continuum.

Locher, M. (2004). Power and Politeness in Action: Disagreements in Oral

Page 5: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

189

Communication. Germany: Mouton de Gruyter.

Lynch, O. H. (2002). Humourous Communication: Finding a Place for Humour in

Communication Research. Journal of Communication, 12(4), 423-445.

Lynch, O. H. (2005). Humor at Work: Using Humor to Study Organizations as a Social

Process, Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, A&M University, Texas.

Lynch, O. H. (2010). Cooking with Humor: In- Group Humor as Social Organization.

International Journal of Humour Research, 23(2), 127-159.

Mallett, J. & A'Hern, R. (1996). Comparative Distribution and Use of Humour Within

Nurse-Patient Communication. International Journal of Nursing Studies, 33, 530-550.

Marra, M. (2007). Humor in Workplace Meetings: Challenging Hierarchies. In Westwood,

R. & Rhodes, C. (Eds.), Humor, Work and Organization, Oxon and New York:

Routledge, 139-157.

Martineau, W. H. (1972). A Model of the Social Functions of Humour. In Goldstein, J. H.,

& McGhee, P. E. (Eds.), The Psychology of Humour: Theoretical Perspectives and

Empiricial Issues, United States of America: Academic Press, 101-124.

Miller, B. N. (2008). The Uses and Effects of Humour in the School Workplace.

Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Universitiy of Oregan, Portland.

Miller, F. C. (1967). Humor in a Chippewa Tribal Council. Ethnology, 6(3), 263-271.

Morais, E. (1994). Malaysian Business Talk : A Study of the Patterns of Conflict and

Non-Conflict in Verbal Interaction, Unpublished Ph.D. Thesis, University of Malaya,

Kuala Lumpur.

Moran, C., & Massam, M. (1997). An Evaluation of Humour in Emergency Work. The

Australasian Journal of Disaster and Trauma Studies. Retrieved March 12, 2011 at

http://www.massey.ac.nz/~trauma/issues/1997-3/moran1.htm

Morreall, J. (1983). The Incongruity Theory of Laughter. Retrieved March 12, 2011 at

https://webspace.utexas.edu/emc597/humor.html#7

Norrick, R. N. (1993). Conversational Joking: Humour in Everyday Talk. Indianapolis:

University Press: Indianapolis.

Norrick, R. N. (2003). Issues in Conversational Joking. Journal of Pragmatics, 35, 1333-

1359.

Norrick, R. N. & Spitz, A. (2010). The Interplay of Humor and Conflict in Conversation

and Scripted Humorous Performance. International Journal of Humour Research,

23(1), 83-111.

Page 6: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

190

O’Quin, K. & Aronoff, J. (1981). Humor as a Technique of Social Influence. Social

Psychology Quaterly, 44(4), 349-357.

Oxford Dictionary. (2010). (8th

ed.). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Paramasivam, S. (2007). Managing Disagreement while Managing not to Disagree: Polite

Disagreement in Negotiation Discourse. Journal of Intercultural Communication

Research, 36(2), 91-116.

Pepicello, W. J. & Weisberg, R.W. (1983). Linguistics and Humor. In McGhee, P. E., &

Goldstein, J. H. (Eds.) Handbook of Humor Research: Volume 1 Basic Issues, New

York: Springer-Verlag, pp. 59-86.

Pizzini, F. (1991). Communication Hierarchies in Humour: Gender Differences in

the Obstetrical / Gynaecological Setting. Discourse in Society, 2(4), 477- 488.

Plester, B. A., & Sayers, J. (2007). Functions of Banter in the IT Industry. Humour, 20(2),

157- 187.

Pollio, H. R. (1983). Notes Toward a Field Theory of Humor. In McGhee, P. E., &

Goldstein, J. H. (Eds.), Handbook of Humor Research: Volume 1 Basic Issues, New

York: Springer-Verlag, 213-230.

Porcu, L. (2005). Fishy Business: Humor in a Sardinian Fish Market. Humor, 18(1), 69-

102.

Powell, J. P., & Andersen, L. W. (1985). Humour and Teaching in Higher Education.

Studies in Higher Education. 10(1), 79-90.

Raskin, V. (1985). Semantics Mechanism of Humor. Netherlands: D. Reidel Publishing

Company.

Rees, C. E. & Monrouxe, L. V. (2010). I Should Be Lucky Ha Ha Ha Ha: The

Construction of Power, Identity and Gender through Laughter Within Medical

Workplace Learning Encounters. Journal of Pragmatics, 42(12), 3384-3399.

Revell, P. R. (2007). Humour in Business: A Double-Edged Sword: A Study of Humour

and Style Shifting in Intercultural Business Meetings. Journal of Pragmatics, 39(1), 4-

28.

Robinson, D. T. & Smith-Lovin, L. (2001). Getting a Laugh: Gender, Status, and Humor in

Task Discussions. Social Forces, 80(1), 123-158.

Romero, E. J. & Cruthirds, W. K. (2006). The Use of Humor in Workplace. Academy of

Management Perspectives. Retrieved March 12, 2011 at

http://www.valdosta.edu/~mschnake/RomeroCruthirds2006.pdf

Ross, A. (1998). The Language of Humour. London and New York: Routledge.

Page 7: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

191

Rothbart, M. K. (1976). Incongruity, Problem-Solving and Laughter. In Chapman, A. J., &

Foot, H. C. (Eds.), Humor and Laughter: Theory, Research and Applications, United

Kingdom: Wiley, 37-54.

Rushing, B. M., & Barlow, J. N. (2006).Humor in Preaching: A Funny Thing Happened

On the Way to the Pulpit…. Unpublished Ph.D. Disertation, New Orleans Baptist

Theological Seminary, Mississippi.

Saft, S. (2004). Conflict as Interactional Accomplishment in Japanese: Arguments in

University Faculty Meetings. Cambridge University Press, 33(4), 549-584.

Schegloff, E. A., Sacks H. & Jeffeson, G. (1974). A Simplest Systematics for the

Organization of Turn-Taking for Conversation. Language, 50(1), 696-735.

Schegloff, E. A. (2000). Overlapping Talk and the Organization of Turn-Taking for

Conversation. Language in Society, 29(1), 1-63.

Schnurr, S. (2009). Constructing Leader Identities through Teasing at Work. Journal of

Pragmatics, 41(6), 1125–1138.

Schnurr, S. & Mak, B. (2009). Humour as an Indicator of Workplace Socialization. In

Bhatia, V. K., Cheng, W., Du-Babcock, B. & Lung, J. (Eds.), Language for

Professional Communication: Research, Practice and Training, Hong Kong: Hong

Kong Polytechnic University, 131-145.

Scott, J. D. (2009). The Spontaneous Use of Humor in the Therapeutic Context. California,

Unpublished Ph.D. Thesis, Alliant International University, California.

Shanmuganathan, T. (2008). Negotiation at the Workplace: An Ethnography Conversation

Analysis. Unpublished Ph.D. Thesis, University of Malaya, Kuala Lumpur.

Shultz, T. R. (1976). A Cognitive- Developmental Analysis of Humour. In Chapman, T., &

Foot, H. C. (Eds.), Humour and Laughter: Theory, Research and Applications. Britain:

The Pitman Press, 11-36.

Simpson, P., & Mayr, A. (2010). Language and Power: A Resource Book for Students.

Oxon: Routledge.

Sollit-Morris, L. (1997). Taking a Break: Humour as a Means of Enacting Power in

Asymmetrical Discourse. Language, Gender and Sexism, 7(2), 81-103.

Spencer, H. (1860). On the Physiology of Laughter. Macmillan’s Magazine, 1, 395-402.

Stephenson, R. M. (1951). Conflict and Control Functions of Humour. The American

Journal of Sociology, 56(6), 569-574.

Page 8: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

192

Stubbe, M., Lane, C., Hilder, J., Vine, E., Vine, B., Marra, M., Holmes, J. & Weatherall,

A. (2003). Multiple Discourse Analyses of a Workplace Interaction. Discourse

Studies, 5(3), 351–389.

Suls, J. M. (1972). A Two- Stage Model for the Appreciation of Jokes and Cartoons: An

Information- Processing Analysis. In Goldstein, J. H., & McGhee, P. E. (Eds.), The

Psychology of Humour: Theoretical Perspectives and Empiricial Issues, United States

of America: Academic Press, 81-99.

Surjit Singh. (1992). Managing Meetings. In Asma Abdullah. (Ed.), Understanding the

Malaysian Workforce: Guidelines for Managers, Kuala Lumpur: Malaysian Institute of

Management, 118-132.

Tannen, D. (1984). Conversational Style: Analyzing Talk among Friends. Ablex

Publishing Corporation: United States of America.

Tannen, D. (1992). That’s Not What I Meant! How Conversational Style Makes or Breaks

Your Relations With Others. Virago Express: London.

Tannen, D. (1993). Gender and Conversational Interaction. Oxford University Press: New

York.

Taylor, P. & Bain, P. (2003). ‘Subterranean Worksick Blues’: Humour as Subversion in

Two Call Centres. Organization Studies, 24, 1487.

Watts, R. J. (1991). Power in Family Discourse. Mounton de Gruyter: Berlin.

Weinberger, M. G. & Gulas C. S. (1992). The Impact of Humor in Advertising: A

Review. Journal of Advertising, 21(4), 35-59.

Wilson, C. P. (1979). Jokes: Form, Content, Use and Function. London: Academic Press.

Woods, P. (1983). Coping at School through Humour. British Journal of Sociology of

Education. 4(2), 111-124.

Yoong, D. (2010). Interactional Norms in the Australian Police Interrogation Room.

Discourse and Society, 21(6), 692-713.

Page 9: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

193

APPENDIX A

TRANSCRIPTION CONVENTION

The meetings in this study were transcribed based on Jariah Mohd Jan’s (1999:430-432)

transcription with modification to suit the objective of this study. The transcription which

was adapted from conventions by Jefferson’s (1978) consists of symbols for prosody,

audibility, pauses and turns as well as the related background information during the

course of the meetings.

Prosody:

? : used to mark question intonation

::: : used to mark lengthening of constituant

Audibility:

(xxx) : single parentheses with words in them indicate uncertain speech

(…) : unintelligible speech is transcribed as three dots in parentheses

Pauses and turns

/ : a short pause

= : used to indicate no time elapses between the objects “latched” by the

marks. It also indicates that a next speaker starts at precisely the end

of a current speaker’s utterance

Page 10: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

194

: used to mark the point at which one speaker is overlapped or

interrupted by other speaker

[…] : used to indicate an extraction of the corpus for sampling purposes

Information Lines

@ : used to provide background information (rather than transcribed

speech)

<word> : used to indicate non-verbal behaviour of the present speaker that

include information about the events in the recorded meetings that

cannot be presented directly in the transcribed speech such as

gestures, gaze direction, coughs, laughter and clearing throats

(word) : used to indicate non-verbal behaviour of the other participant(s)

such as laughter

(WORD) : used to indicate overlapping talk that occurred within the discussion

[1], [2] : the lines of the transcription are numbered with Arabic numerals

from the beginning of the transcription

Page 11: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

195

APPENDIX B

TRANSCRIPTION OF MEETINGS

1. TRANSCRIPTION OF MEETING 1

In this meeting, SL is the chairperson and she is the only senior lecturer. Other participants

i.e. MM, WW, SM, FZ, FD and ZN are junior lecturers.

[1] SL: assalamualaikum / thank you for coming / even though it is just an

informal meeting / however we will start with recitation / (al fatihah)

/

@ (all recite prayer)

[2] SL: you know we are going to have one major meeting combining with

outdoor and indoor next week / today the objective of this meeting is

just that / er / before we going to brief everybody in the tesl camp / i

want everybody to have a look / this is the tentative / hope it is not

finalised one / oh sorry / before we do this / i want to welcome our

new member / who is replacing tuan haji JL / <sir MM> / he will be

/ erm / erm / he will be / em / part of indoor / em / based on /

<voluntarily / basis>

@ <points to MM>

@ <smiles>

okay / er / because of tuan haji JL’s / health / conditions

[3] MM: <i still have the chance to back off right / since i haven’t> (…)

@ <looks at SL>

[4] SL: no no / it’s final / finalised / i mean your name is in / okay / let’s

have a look / i mean on daily basis okay / er / we go through each

activities / and at the same time / i want you to check your name /

any error because this is going to be in the / programme book / okay

/ open ceremony / all lecturers / em / it’s only one hour

[5] MM: where is it by the way?

[6] SL: kenanga / okay / <so i put down that kenanga ya>

@ <jots down notes on a paper>

[7] MM: o::: mawar

[8] SL: o::: mawar / mawar / oh i put down that already /

sorry / the kenanga is up there / or we slash / and then we put venue

[9] MM: something like that

Page 12: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

196

[10] SL: okay alright / thank you / so all lecturers / so it’s only one hour/

what we do have / what we have in the openings is / just / er / this

one going to be done by me / FR / and / FZ / okay so we gonna

have / dean’s speech / a montage of a previous language camp / and

then / (<oath taking>)

@ (SM pretends taking an oath and laughs)

@ <SL laughs and imitates SM>

[11] SL: okay / oath taking / and then / that’s it

[12] MM: tnc / tnc?

[13] SL: <no no no no>

@ <shakes head>

[14] MM: easier

[15] SL: and em / afterwards / the usheres / i believe will escort the lecturers /

down for for refreshement meanwhile the rest of the students / will

remain in the hall / i mean in the hall lah / just in the hall / the thing

is / i need your / your suggestions / do we need usherers? / based on

previous / experience we have usherers / (clears throats) students /

who / you know will setup the room / and then you know / erm /

arrange the seating and then / put the / <what do that what do we call

this thing?> pamphlet / for everybody / and then welcome the

lecturers / while we wait down / two will wait downstairs / and then

the rest will wait upstairs / do we need? / do we need

@ <folds a paper and show to team members>

[16] SM: i think

it’s better like that

[17] SL: em?

[18] SM: i think its better like that / because we cannot / all of us be cannot

be / everthing will be during the time right / so they will help us

[19] SL: okay how many do we need?

[20] MM: and who is these usherers? / <from tesl or / from the camp itself or /

from>

@ <looks at SL>

[21] SL: = from our student / from the campus / so how many / do you think

we should have?

[22] MM: outdoor / i believe two / pair right?

[23] WW: yes

[24] SL: yes / okay / <outdoor / two male and female>

@ <jots down notes on a paper>

okay / lagi? / er / anybody else down / down stairs? / do you think

[25] SM: this is going to be done at mawar right?

[26] SL: at mawar upstairs

[27] WW: <two lah>

@ <SL jots down notes on a paper>

[28] SM: two down stairs

[29] SL: mawar up here

[30] SM: so down stairs two

[31] SL: = upstairs two

[32] SM: upstairs two right?

Page 13: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

197

[33] SL: what about / in the hall itself / arranging the /

[34] SM: that’s another one / there’s another / maybe a group or pair / just to

arrange / that they

[35] SL: four or two?

[36] WW: two is enough

[37] SM: so all together / eight so far

[38] SL: because we going to put the / the / pamphlet or maybe booklet in the

/ in the box / and the students come down stairs and bring it up stairs

[39] SM: lecturers will put on the chair right? / for lecturers?

[40] SL: <yeah / yeah>

@ <nods head>

[41] SM: <for students?>

@ <looks at SL>

[42] SL: for students i am not so sure / it’s up to us how we wanna / how we

want to / have it done /

[43] WW: if we put on a chair also

[44] SL: okay so / so therefore

[45] FZ: do they need any kind of file

[46] SL: <no / no / no / no>

@ <shakes head>

[47] WW: so we just put under the chair lah

[48] SM: if we put under chair / i think we don’t need four right

[49] WW: i think it is enough for this one for the / upstairs two

[50] SM: so four only?

[51] SL: <four is enough?>

@ <looks at SM>

[52] SM: because / er / two of them up stairs / they can put things before / the

occasioan right?

[53] WW: they will to come early

[54] MM: <how many students (…) for the whole camps?>

@ <looks at SL>

[55] SL: hundred and eighteen students / hundred and eighteen students / we

have twelve groups

[56] SM: so we could say around (…)

[57] SL: for what?

[58] MM: for the (…)

[59] SL: do we?

[60] SM: refreshement after that / everything

[61] SL: yes yes

[62] SM: <so who will laid at things?>

@ <looks at SL>

[63] SL: the the / er / our our staff / our staff / our admin

[64] SM: = so admin / so i think / it’s better to include more right? / just to

assist them /

[65] WW : assist the staff /

[66] SM: ha / just to assist / in case to put here and there / to lift things / who

knows / okay i’m lost

[67] SL: why are / why do you lost?

Page 14: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

198

[68] MM: these kids will help us around right for the opening ceremony / how

many of them?

[69] SL: twenty / make sure that we have like / er / to identify them by the

way / and and we have to inform number one / inform them number

two / what are the responsibilities / so they won’t be lost like

(<you>)

@ <laughs>

@ (SM smiles)

[70] SM: so they have to wear any uniform?

[71] SL: em on that day / for the / for the briefing /

[72] MM: = for the ceremony

[73] SL: for the ceremony / their::: / class attire / baju kurung / formal attire

[74] SM: they don’t have their own uniform?

[75] SL: no / they have their batik

[76] WW: they have to wear batik red and

[77] SL: red

/ and i’m not sure semester two / semester four red / er / semester

blue blue

[78] WW: semester four is blue

[79] SM: all of them wear red so /

[80] FZ: (…) they have activity / <straight> away right?

@ <SL clears throat>

[81] SM: but this one the student / not the / er participants right?

[82] SL: they are

[83] WW: they are / they are / they are

[84] SL: yes yes

[85] SM: oh i think / others:::

[86] SL: no

[87] MM: because the activities are / not that / half by the way (…)

[88] SL: no / they can change / they can change after lunch

[89] MM: wear batik / at least it is nicer

[90] SL: <em?>

@ <looks at MM>

[91] MM: at least it is nicer / everyone is the same

[92] SL: so you require them to / to to /

[93] SM: we also have to wear batik / <for the guys>

@ <smiles>

[94] MM: no

[95] SM: <for the guys>

@ <smiles>

[96] MM: (<formal attire>)

@ <holds his tie>

@ (all laugh)

[97] SL: okay we need twenty / to talk / we will discuss further / on what we

gonna do with them / twenty of them okay / so we need twenty / so

after / after / the ceremony all the lecturers will go down and have

their refreshement first / and then / the rest of you that leaves me /

AN and ES for the briefing / for the briefing okay

Page 15: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

199

[98] SM: this one for whole camp?

[99] MM: including indoor and outdoor / everything?

[100] SL: indoor and outdoor / okay so half an hour/ and then the refreshement

/ refreshement i will bring students / down for for i think this one is

nasi / so heavy lunch / heavy meal / and then ten thirty until twelve

thirty is first activity is my team / its more on the ice breaking thingy

/ er / i think three should be enough / for the judges / okay

[101] MM: this is what their logo

[102] SL: logo / chants / the unique thing about this

is that / they are no longer using mahjong paper / their / logo / and /

stuff / we going to provide them / a cloth

[103] MM: ipad

[104] SL: <hish>

@ <smiles>

[105] SM: <ipad (the box pad>)

@ <smiles>

@ (all laugh)

[106] SL: cloth / and the stick / they gonna do their flag / and they going to

have the / name tag / name tag / they are going to design / so we

gonna provide them / they are going to design (…)

[107] WW: <so they going to draw something on the cloth?>

@ <looks at SL>

[108] SL: yeah it’s up to them / they will come out with the war cry / the

logo

[109] MM: can we had one more thing / let’s say for example /we give

one group each an egg / for them to keep till the last day / just for

example

[110] SL: the::: / i don’t know / at leads to the / to the / to the community

[111] MM: or a pingpong ball?

[112] SM: pingpong ball / is / i think the egg is better

[113] SL: = egg or ballon / the ballon can / the ballon if it’s / if it’s / broken

then they can / they can replace it

[114] FZ: same thing with egg they have / maybe chalk or something so that

they cannot be replaced

[115] MM: or coloured it

[116] FZ: yes

[117] SM: coloured / just spray lah

[118] SL: alright good idea / okay / thank you

[119] SM: but you need to / add another / spray / just to spray off / any colour /

[120] MM: or maybe they could / okay they have a flag / so maybe they could

draw their logo on eggs so who knows

[121] MM: based on creativity okay

[122] SM: if we give them egg they have to bring it / <to the single activities

right?> so /

@ <looks at MM>

[123] FZ: even to the trip?

[124] MM: yes

[125] SM: yes

Page 16: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

200

[126] MM: they can leave it in the bus

[127] FD: faci in charge will have to check whether hey have the egg or not

[128] SL: (<oh gosh>)

@ <laughs>

@ (FZ laughs)

[129] SM: every single / activities / they will have to check first whether they

have / it is interesting

[130] SL: it is interesting / but i hope it wont burden and er

[131] MM: no it won’t

[132] FD: losing it the egg will cause (<demerit>)

@ <laughs>

@ (SM and MM laugh)

[133] SL: okay we’ll discuss this afterwards okay / now / let’s check / let’s

check / <thank you for the ideas mr. MM> / okay now let’s check /

and then they have their large / lunch / for your information / lunch

is at their own budjet

@ <looks at MM>

[134] SM: (<same to us>)

@ <laughs>

@ (MM and FD laugh)

[135] SL: lecturers also / lecturers you could have <biscuits over there okay> /

er / poem of fifteen / this one / the leader is actually / hold on / this

project is led by / ZN and and and / FZ / poem of fifteen is when

they are provided with newspapers / is like a collage / provided with

newspapers / so they have to extract and any words / from the

newspapers and create

@ <laughs and points to biscuits on a table>

[136] SM: come out with fifteen line

[137] SL: come out with fifteen line

[138] MM: oh their own poem

[139] SL: <ah:::>

@ <MM nods head>

[140] SM: the leader here is to / <control the class>

@ <looks at MM>

[141] SL: control the classroom / okay

[142] FZ: do i have / <me and ZN have to (…)>

@ <looks at SL>

[143] SL: <no no no> / only the leader / that’s why i need the / that’s why i

need / the synopsis / the description / and the / assessment /

everything should put in the file / so that / the file speaks / for it self

@ <shakes head>

[144] MM: so when people who don’t know anything / when they read the file

[145] SL:

they are the

[146] MM: they will know everything

[147] SL: <yeah>

@ <nods head>

Page 17: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

201

okay so / look at the name / the spelling and everything because i

need to submit this to the / to FZ

[148] FZ: i think we need to discuss about the theme

[149] MM: <i think / er / what we need is we put up the faculty buy ipad for the

leaders so if they don’t know what to do / so they can download the

poem>

@ <looks at SL>

[150] WW: (<no::: / no::: / no::: / no:::>)

@ <looks at MM>

@ (all laugh)

[151] SL: or borrow from somebody who has it

[152] WW: <ah yes>

@ <laughs>

[153] FZ: <yes>

@ <laughs>

[154] SM: don’t borrow / just take it

[155] FZ: do we have to decide the theme / any theme for the poem?

[156] SM: to immerse / English / <in themselves eh?>

@ <looks at SL>

[157] SL: immerse yourself in English

[158] FZ: i know i know / that one is for our camp thing right / but then again /

the / the / the / apa / for the poem / poem during our last meeting /

em / we agreed to have / for one group we have to have one theme /

we have to find in the newspaper and find something related in

newspapers that related to / to theme death for example / and we

have to come out with the poems / that suits to the theme / some

theme so we will decide on a theme / or / just a free theme?

[159] SM: i think / free is better right

[160] SL: <hmm> / (i prefer free themes)

@ <nods head>

@ (FZ nods head)

[161] FZ: okay

[162] DE: (sempena lawatan?)

@ (all look at DE)

[163] SL: ha?

[164] DE: sempena lawatan dalam English apa? / sempena?

[165] FD: in conjunction

[166] SL: (<ah / in conjunction>)

@ <nods head>

@ (FZ nods head)

[167] DE: ah::: / (dok mari / interjec:::tion)

@ (all laugh)

[168] SL: yeah i would say we have / er / free themes or / the leader / you

could put in your / in your / in your the description / suggested so

that / the / the leader suggested theme / so / so that the leader may

want to brief them on that right

[169] FZ: ah <okay okay>

@ <nods head>

Page 18: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

202

[170] MM: recital meaning here / just to talk / i mean

[171] SL: just to recite

[172] WW: recite

[173] MM: can we add the minus one? / one recital / and the other one will act

[174] WW:

acted it out

[175] SM: <that depends on them right?>

@ <looks at FZ>

[176] FZ: depends on creativity

[177] MM: then we have to make sure the creativity is / clearly explained

[178] SL:

clearly explained / okay

[179] MM: and / do we have a form for it

[180] SM: <yeah> / everything (…)

@ <nods head>

[181] SL: the one that i / the one that i asked / that which should be emailed /er

/ to me (<this seventeen>)

@ <laughs>

@ (FZ laughs)

[182] SM: <i did emailed to you right? / mine?>

@ <looks at SL>

[183] SL: (years ago)

@ (all laugh)

[184] SM: <last month i think> / <ah:::>

@ <smiles>

@ <nods head>

[185] SL: but the new / but i did asked for the new / er / revised one right? /

ha i did asked / okay / i give you / another gentle reminder

afterwards okay / another gentle reminder / so look at the names /

should i put / mohd FR / or mohd MM / i don’t know / what say

you?

[186] MM: if you want / to put mohd MM / then make sure you should put

bin mohd ZI bin mohd NB

[187] SL: no:::

[188] WW: MM je lah

[189] SL: aah / just MM lah / easier and FR

[190] MM: or you could put mr. handsome here at my name

[191] WW: no

[192] SL: no / <no one knows> / okay / and then / er / their break is asar prayer

/ so that’s it for day one

@ <laughs>

[193] MM: so asar prayer do they have iman or something? or the students

[194] SL: <imam is the students>

@ <shakes head>

[195] MM: oh okay

[196] DE: sir MM:: / <is the imam::>

@ <smiles>

[197] SL: oh yes / we will nominate / him / (on the first day)

Page 19: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

203

@ (all laugh)

[198] MM: <belum kahwin lagi>

@ <looks at DE>

[199] DE: <yang (sudah kahwin>)

@ <smiles and points to SM>

@ (MM pats SM’s back)

[200] SL: <eh kahwin belaka dah kak DE>

@ <laughs and points to SM, MM and FD>

[201] MM: ape pulak belaka?

[202] DE: (<mengaku bujang>)

@ <smiles and points to MM>

@ (all laugh)

[203] FZ: do we like / <observe them or something?>

@ <looks at SL>

[204] SL: <no no no no no>

@ <shakes head>

[205] SM: but those / who are not here / they can come right?

[206] SL: they can come / is just my concern is that / we / my concern is that /

we are going to exercise on probationer prayer / reason being / to

you know / instill

[207] MM: (tahniah)

@ (MM and SM shake hands)

[208] SM: for what?

[209] MM: <imam>

@ <smiles>

[210] SM: eh no / <students>

@ <smiles>

[211] SL: instill may not only / English but also you know / we gonna have

them / more or less / holistic student you know

[212] WW: so where are they going to pray?

[213] SL: they gonna / er / at mawar / <mawar>

@ <looks at MM>

[214] MM: is it far?

[215] SL: it’s far / so / asar prayer / <i haven’t put it here at mawar>

@ <jots down notes on a paper>

[216] FZ: kenanga takde surau ke?

[217] SLl very small / my major concern is again / if we don’t really exercise

it as compulsory / <they will take it lightly>

@ <SM nods head>

[218] MM: merit / merit merit

[219] FZ: tapi dekat mawar / er / before that we have / er / opening ceremony

there right? / so / er / kita masuk with / with shoes / and everything

[220] SL: ye but then they going to provide tikar afterwards

[221] SM: that one is task of the / usherers thing / and everything / after the /

things / they have to provide with everything because we are not

going to use that room

[222] FZ: but still / if we letak tikar and everything

/ kind of for me lah / if kita dah masuk with / shoes

Page 20: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

204

[223] SL: well there’s

nothing much we can do / it have been used for classes and shoes on

for this one

[224] SM: but the <tikar is okay>

@ <nods head>

[225] SL: the tikar is okay

[226] MM: should be alright

[227] SM: er / they can bring own sejadah

[228] WW: yes / (ask them to bring own sejadah)

@ (SM nods head)

[229] MM: do they have / form / because sometimes we don’t know their

background of the students here / because sometimes might have

some health problems

[230] FZ: what?

[231] MM: i mean

[232] SL: sickness

[233] FZ: aah okay

[234] MM: based on our experience

[235] FZ: we really have to ask / <seriously>

@ <laughs>

[236] MM: asthma / you know / we have to have all the necessary things

[237] SL: but this things should be / done / way / before this one / i thought

[238] MM:

so they can sign something / just to guide us out lah / i mean / we

have to protect ourself /

[239] SL: form / for what? / how / how to spell it out? / <sickness form?> /

declaration of?

@ <laughs>

[240] MM: declaration of / health or something lah / and / they have to tell lah

/ if they have asthma or sometimes

[241] FZ: just for us / to take notes on that person

[242] MM: do we have / er / first aid kit or not?

[243] SM: normally we can ask from pusat kesihatan

[244] WW: office /pusat kesihatan

/ mesti ada

[245] SL: normally / we sent them / but if it happen / the last semester if i’m

not mistaken / they were / students who fell sick at night

[246] MM: that’s the thing / do we have anybody

[247] SL: you want to?

[248] MM: you know what i have to do right? / so i can’t / ah <you need

somebody lah to watch them>

@ <looks at SL>

[249] FZ: i jelah yang paling dekat kot

[250] SL: yeah / most of us / so don’t worry

[251] MM: male?

[252] SM: (<terima kasih atas perlantikan itu>)

@ <looks at SL and laughs>

@ (SL laughs)

Page 21: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

205

[253] WW: FD / FD

[254] SL: <where do you stay anyway?>

@ <looks at FD>

[255] FD: i currently / bukit tunggal / around here / staying at my in laws

[256] SL: <you?>

@ <looks at SM>

[257] SM: i / from currently and previously is (bukit tunggal also)

@ (all laugh)

[258] SL: the best person / the best person will be

[259] WW: FR

[260] SL: our / will be our

<kj the nearest>

@ <laughs>

[261] WW: during the weekends as well?

[262] SL: eh ES is nearby as well

[263] FD: because his wife is (…) every weekend / he will be there everyday

[264] SL: a very loving / husband

[265] FD: er / very caring /

[266] SL: okay / er /

[267] MM: okay done / anything else?

[268] SL: okay that’s it for / asar prayer / which will / which will / be done

throughout indoor camp / except / for indoor trip

[269] MM: outside is nothing?

[270] SL: nothing / they will prepare for their next activity

[271] FZ: one more thing

[272] MM: anybody monitor?

[273] FZ: do we have to like taking /

ape attendance ke ape during asar prayer if we want to / to

[274] SL: okay

we will think about the asar prayer afterwards / because it will drag

us / more time / discussing about asar prayer

[275] MM: and then during the

briefing / i think you need to inform who’s incharge so that students

know at least who they are /

[276] SL: you mean students’ committee?

[277] MM: anybody from one hundred and twenty kids

[278] SL: that’s why we are going to have / i’m going to suggest / ES that we

are going to need a student’s committee / i mean we if / if any camp

[279] MM: because last year they / i remember that one / they don’t know who

to call right

[280] SL: hmm / so if any camp / they must have / penghulu / penghuluwati or

something

[281] FZ: yes

[282] MM: we need / we need the lecturers as well

[283] SL: i don’t think it has been exercised before

[284] SM: in the booklet also we have to put / let’s say / you are one of the

main committee right? / so your names together your phone number

[285] SL: i’m gonna put all:: the lecturers’ phone number

Page 22: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

206

[286] SM: yeah / <that’s better>

@ <laughs>

so / they can turn to any

[287] FZ: (<so they can choose>)

@ <laughs>

@ (WW and SM laugh)

[288] SL: okay if possible i will put also (the address)

@ (all laugh)

[289] SM: so / towards the end / we want to pick up / to choose what / the best

facilitators? / so / those who get more

[290] SL: calls

[291] SM: will get

[292] SL: <the

best> / can we go to / day two now? / okay day two is explore lit /

explore lit basically / in charge by MS and ZN / ZN will come over

afterwards / she will brief what / what will happen okay / er / this

one / everybody is down / because we need twelve / em / twelve /

twelve stations

@ <smiles>

[293] SM: twelve stations or six stations?

[294] SL: twelve / <kita twelve kan?>

@ <looks at FZ>

[295] SM: i think six only / if i’m not mistaken

[296] FZ: okay jap eh / <i am not so sure lah>

@ <checks her file>

[297] MM: i don’t know anything

[298] SL: i think twelve stations / because we have twelve groups

[299] MM: (first station?) / right / ignore me

@ (WW laughs)

[301] SM: explore lit

[302] FZ: thirteen actually / stations

[303] SL: no no / thirteen no

[304] SM: no no / thirteen is literally based

[305] FZ: minus the station one / so it has / it has / will have twelve stations

[306] SL: twelve stations

[307] SM: twelve stations

[308] SL: so every/ everyone / will / guard each station / the parameter / the

station / will be brief by ZN / and and MS / er / next week / okay /

er / i can’t / i can’t talk more on this / because i myself i’m not really

/ well versed into this / so let them do that okay

[309] MM: so the meeting next week / (everyone will tell about their activities)

@ (SL nods head)

[310] MM: including outdoor as well?

[311] SL: yes / okay so i / i don’t put any / er / venue / er / up here because / i

/ i / don’t know / can / can / what can we say about

[312] SM: <uns> /

kampus kuala terengganu

@ <laughs>

Page 23: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

207

[313] MM: just nas

[314] SL: just nas?

[315] FZ: nas only because it’s just that / here and there right?

[316] SL: so we wait for ZN afterwards yeah / er / second activity is song

visualisation / this activity / this project is led / by / FD / er / it’s the

/ you guys / were are not there yet at that time / song visualisation is

that / we are going to provide tem six cds / six / six different songs /

they will listen to it / and then their first activity they will / they will

fill in the blanks / listening skills / and afterwards / they will

visualise / and translate the songs / up to their own interpretation /

correct me if i’m wrong / and they going to act it out / i don’t know

how / that leads to their creativity / correct?

[317] MM: er / yang songkok putih tak payah pakai dah / by this time?

[318] SL: no no / it will end by twenty nine

[319] MM: we have to think that about that now

[320] WW: berkabung

[321] MM: ha berkabung / sorry

[322] SL: takde takde / because

[323] SM: because yesterday’s meeting / none of

us / wearing the songkok includes tnc / wearing that songkok

[324] SL: so <don’t be bother about it>

@ <laughs>

[325] MM: yeah have to think as well / alright anyway

[326] SL: i’m / i’m / my concern is here again / is name mainly title and

everything / everybody / i am puan but i don’t put puan / puan KM

is puan / what say you? / should we standardised it?

[327] MM: <mine is doctor by the way> / anyway / moving on

@ <laughs>

[328] SL: what shall we

[329] SM: i think we should / we should / we should for puan

/ puan / it’s more formal

[330] WW: this going to be / book

[331] SL: in the programme book

[332] MM: doctor / mister / miss

[333] SL: so i / i should put myself puan la

[334] SM: the tittle

[335] SL: the tittle la / so if it’s encik? / encik ES / encik AN / if it’s

[336] SM: it’s

ym

[337] MM: ym

[338] SL: hold on / hold on if it’s / if its / we want to standardised to only

puan then it should

[339] SL: mister ah / mister / AN

[340] WW: ha why don’t

you use mister / miss / madam / miss

[341] MM: (madam / doctor / prof)

@ (SL jots down notes on a paper)

[342] SL: madam / mister / that’s it eh / mms ms / okay /

Page 24: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

208

alright / that’s it for song visualisation / er / and briefing and bla bla

bla / let’s move on to day three

[343] MM: motivational talk / <who’ll be delivering it?>

@ <looks at SL>

[344] SL: er / grammar chant / this project led er / by / er / madam / madam

KM

[345] WW: grammar chant how?

[346] SL: it’s like a jazz chant

[347] SM: but this is one is all grammar

[348] MM: i think / it’s better to leave the first activity because / i mean / we

have to wait first / let them talk about it

[349] SL: yeah yeah that’s why / MS i’m gonna / so mr. MM / that’s it eh?

[350] MM: ha?

[351] SL: no no / continuation / this is the final round / ZN

[352] SM: so the three

names / is the / the what? / the judges?

[353] SL: the judges / to choose the best four

[354] MM: okay / since i am here / can i just be present during the preliminary:::

[355] SL: no no no / because / i don’t want them to seen / the grammar chant

in the preliminary round / i don’t want them to see / so they just see /

only the best four /

[356] MM: okay / i

[357] SM: you can come / but / (but not to this room)

@ (SL laughs)

[358] MM: sorry / it is just / that i mean i’m from marang / just come here for

half and hour / and it’s waste of time but anyway

[359] SM: that’s why i said you can come / but don’t go to that room

[360] WW: go to your room

[361] SM: ha

[362] WW: (<finish your research proposal>)

@ <laughs>

@ (SL and FZ laugh)

@ (SL and WW shake hands)

[363] SM: or go to urus setia room / where is urus setia room / urus setia room

[364] SL: urus setia room is here

[365] SM: (you can come to urus setia room)

@ (WW laughs)

[366] SL: come early / do your

[367] MM: can i

[368] SL: no

[369] SM: definitely no / the facilitator will be demerit / one (xxx) is fifty / (out

already)

@ (all laugh)

[370] SL: okay / i’ll go / i’ll go to scheduling afterwards MM / whether you

want to have it eight / alhamdulillah / okay

[371] MM: you know me right / alang alang

[372] SL: i know i know / nanti orang kata you / you / terlebih bagus pulak

[373] SM: so you come at eleven / you go back after asar prayer

Page 25: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

209

[374] MM: i have no problem with that / at least it’s

[375] SL: no no / at least something / pastu / another thing / you just join /

it’s / it’s / i think / i think it’s it’s cruel of me / of us / to burden you

know

[376] SM: cruel on you / <you are the leader / we are the followers>

@ <laughs>

[377] SL: <i am not that cruel> / to burden you / seven to me is already / oh

gosh / too much

@ <smiles>

[378] SM: seven? / what seven?

[379] SL: seven times

[380] SM: oh / i’m six / (of course the leader / only one / extra)

@ <SL smiles>

[381] SL: <ni::: / i’m six / MM’s seven>

@ <points to the schedule>

[382] SM: (oh okay)

@ (SL laughs)

[383] SL: okay / okay / motivational talk / er / why i put you there you SM /

because / because of merit demerit / and then / <just to fill in your

six times>

@ <laughs>

[384] SM: it’s okay / fine no problem / giving motivation is it?

[385] WW: so madam KM is the one who give / the talk?

[386] SL: no no / someone / tuan haji AA / <he’s from somewhere here / tuan

haji AA>

@ <looks at MM>

[387] SM: puan KM / the person who / nego

[388] MM: dia nak pakai orang tak?

[389] SL: for what?

[390] MM: untuk (…)

[391] SL: sorry / done already / this is her project

[392] SM: <too late>

@ <looks at MM and laughs>

[393] SL: too late you just join / i mean too late / <jap eh i need to answer

call>

@ <answers the phone call>

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[394] SL: okay / okay / er / okay if you think ES / doesn’t have / doesn’t have

to be here then / let me know because he’s the guy / he’s the guy / er

/ er / er er / (the guest is a / is a gentle man)

@ (SM nods head)

[395] SL: i don’t know if you think we should

[396] WW: no i think (…)

[397] SM: of course puan KM knows the person very well right / er / but its

okay

[398] WW: <i think he can mingle>

@ <points to SM>

Page 26: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

210

[399] SM: i’m / i’m try to mingle

[400] SL: last time i put one name also (…)

[401] MM: it’s okay / i’m going to be

here as well

[402] SL: chup chup chup chup / i put one guy here / and then when we had

meeting with ES he said puan KM can handle alone / i’m just

concerning about merit demerit / system we have / if / if KM alone /

handling / and he’s / she will entertain the speaker / and then who

who will observe the kids

[403] MM: (i’ll entertain the student)

@ (WW and SM laugh)

[404] SL: so you want to take one portion from him so that you will be eight

and he will be five

[405] MM: no i mean (…) it’s not a problem / the more the merrier

[406] SL: too

many:::

[407] MM: i’m here already:::

[408] SM: no / just put my name but you can come / this time / it’s okay right /

ha / <everybody is invited right?>

@ <looks at SL>

[409] SL: yeah / everybody is invited / you can go / okay day four / okay this

is

[410] SM: the talk is for / <for us also>

@ <laughs>

[411] SL: okay / this is a trip / a trip / to tadika terengganu / just nearby

[412] MM: okay <i think i can escape>

@ <laughs>

[413] SL: okay all right / er / this one ZN will

[414] SM: no / your name there /

taman syahandar

[415] MM: (<leader>)

@ <laughs>

@ (all laugh)

[416] SL: this one ZN will explain again / i just put / er / SM / SL / WW /

because we just went there / and then / er / we need more lecturers /

(because of observation)

@ (ZN enters the meeting room)

[417] MM: okay / tadika terengganu ni is it like a place like they put / budak

budak yang macam (…)

[418] SL: tak faham

[419] MM: tadika terengganu ni / what kind of tadika?

[420] SL: the normal tadika

[421] MM: takdelah yang cacat ni?

[422] SL: this is strictly children / i would say ZN / are you okay already?

[423] ZN: yeah yeah okay

[424] SL: can you like / explain to us about the trip / to tadika terengganu

[425] ZN: oh trip / okay let’s see / the trip to tadika terengganu / er / wakaf

Page 27: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

211

beruas / er / we are going to be there / there will be three session /

and then / the first one / when we come / when we got there / they

will / em / they will / em / let’s say / they will / organise activities

lah for us / they suggested painting murals / i think we should paint

the vases la / okay / all those things lah

[426] WW: okay / this is idea from MS as well

[427] ZN: yeah i used to do it / when i was small / orang datang je dia orang

(…) dekat pasu yang dia paint / (dua orang sepasu ke / so)

@ (WW and FR laugh)

[428] FR: comel:::

[429] ZN: seriously that’s what they did

[430] MM: the thing / is it from there / or we have bring ourself?

[431] ZN: = eh eh no / i think we should bring because

[432] ZN: they provide us lunch

/ ah they provide us lunch / and the other reason i put my name /

there is <because i want to have free lunch>

@ <laughs>

[433] ZN: eleh / <for you je?> / i was the one who said we gonna have

@ <smiles>

[434] MM: do

you / ongkos to buy things here?

[435] SL: yes we have / we have

[436] ZN: oh i should put the paint / paint dekat sini lah?

[437] SL: don’t worry there are / another list for you to put things in whatever

things that you need

[438] ZN: oh okay

[439] SL: afterwards

[440] ZN: so the second session will be / our students be observed how the

kindergarten teacher / teach / the kids lah / they just need to observe

first before they / how they will / handle the kids lah / so our

students will know how to lah / takde lah end of the session budak

budak ni nangis ke / because there are some cases right

[441] SL: because they are five years old and six years old

[442] ZN: ah yes / and so the third session will be / our students

[443] MM: anak yatim

students?

[444] SL: no:::

[445] FZ: this is tadika

[446] SM: <mak bapak dia orang lok / (just lok di situ / lok di situ>)

@ <looks at MM>

@ (all laugh)

[447] SM: just lok di situ

[448] ZN: okay thank you SM / (you’ll be one of them soon)

@ (all laugh)

[449] ZN: so session three / so the third session / our student will take over the

class lah / by teaching the students / we proposed they need to come

out with the lesson plan / that we will brief them on the first day the

have to do it / and then / they have to consult their facilitators lah /

Page 28: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

212

so the facilitator can approve lah / okay you can teach this and this i

nak tengok how how many times allocated / yang one hour ni i

suggest / me and siti will suggest kita buat half an hour / half an

hour / macam first thing dia ajar dulu / and then the second half an

hour tu / macam contohnya kita ajar rhymes / so kita ajar phonics

dulu / and then baru kita sing along / dengan children’s punya

related rhymes lah / so that basically / they are gonna have recess

kan / between around ten / or then thirty?

[450] SL: we will wait / we will wait / for the fax / you will call puan FT lah /

just to remind them

[451] ZN: okay insyaallah

[452] SL: the attire kat sini can you please spell out / because i need to put it

on the programme book so that

[453] MM: formal

[454] ZN: obviously they need formal attire

[455] SL: the also need to bring their <egg>

@ <laughs>

[456] ZN: egg? ah okay

[457] SL: the egg /the

flag / and then / don’t forget to wear their / their / nametag

[458] ZN: obviously / they’ll be like teachers lah

[459] SM: they have <this kind of name tag?>

@ <holds his name tag>

or they

[460] SL: they have but / this one is made for something else

[461] SM: ah okay

[462] ZN: for the camp / mesti budak budak kecik gelak gelak je /

macam they don’t talk it seriously / hmm

[463] SL: so if anybody / wants to be here / i don’t mind moving out / i don’t

mind

[464] ZN: okay so

[465] SL: tapi yang ni

[466] ZN: and then one more thing / during the

first day bila kita tu / just to remind you / we draw lot lah / to get the

five year old class or six year old on the first day / so

[467] SL: okay pastu / i nak tanya problem you kat sini / because / er / ES and

RS said / ES / ES / lah said we come back here / the students should

come back here / refresh themselves / and then gather / again at

three / and then move to town / i would say it is / it is not truthful /

because / it can delay things

[468] MM: yeah yeah

[469] SL: so erm / i don’t know

[470] SM: we just go straightaway / during my time we just go straightaway.

[471] ZN: tapi they need to change their attire

[472] SM: so / the first group (…) here / they / none of them go to the taman

syahbandar / or what?

[473] SL: <this one?>

@ <points to a schedule>

Page 29: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

213

they don’t need to go / the second

[474] MM: what they going to do at taman syahbandar?

[475] SM: i think one whole day last time <because our name there>

@ <laughs>

[476] WW: kak

FT said / that she will provide the room to change

[477] SL: ah that’s why / they will provide the room to change / except them

cannot to take their bath

[478] ZN: yes

[479] MM: er / what are we going to do / at / at taman syahbandar

[480] SL: okay again / (ZN)

@ (looks at ZN)

[481] ZN: ah::: trip to taman syahbandar / eh we have decided no to let them

along kampong cina isn’t it / just syahbandar

[482] SL: no no no / kan we ada four stations / pasar kedai payang / er /

kampong pasar kedai payang / kampong cina / i can’t remember

[483] ZN:

waterfront

[484] FZ: waterfront

[485] SM: jauhnya waterfront

[486] SL: jauh

[487] ZN: jauh / somewhere along that area

/ so i don’t have to change the parameters lah / because that day

someone ask me jauhnya kampong cina and i did argued that / it’s

okaylah / (at least we can walk)

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES THAN MORE THREE

SPEAKERS)

@ (SL and MM distribute drinks)

[488] SL: <eh apa nak kabo sat ni?> / em / okay / (<i catu ya>)

@ <distributes biscuits to female participants>

@ (laughs)

@ (ZN, FZ and WW laugh)

[489] SM: situ pulau warisan kan orang panggil

[490] ZN: ha orang panggil pulau warisan

[491] SM: bukan waterfront

[492] SL: okay / AN said / what was the task again / <what was the task

again?>

@ <points to ZN>

[493] ZN: what was the task / er / kita suruh student try to find unique stuff or

sightseeing for tourism

[494] SM: yelah / task/ task semua tulis attraction semua

[495] ZN: yelah yelah / sight seeing macam / what what makes it

[496] SL: he said

/ design brochure

[497] ZN: ah::: / because we ask them to comeback with report / is that a

report sebab semua benda ada report

[498] SL: sebab lesson plan dia orang dah buat kan?

[499] ZN: okaylah brochure

Page 30: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

214

[500] SL: i would say / lepas student punya lesson plan / dia kena ada

reflection / so another thing / from the lesson plan / satu lagi

activitiy / dia kena ada reflection / kena ada reflection

[501] ZN: aha

[502] SL: so

yang / yang petang punya trip tu make it fun lah / make it fun lah /

macam buat brochure ke

[503] ZN: okay sure / so / we can ask them to bring along / camera kan /

bring camera / so bila dia orang nak / nak submit pulak / at the end

of the ni lah?

[504] SL: er / minggu depan

[505] ZN: no no i mean

[506] FZ: brochure

[507] SL: sunday / after / over the weekend they will do it / i think it should

be enough

[508] MM: so for the leader / what am i expected to do here?

[509] SL: okay / i think / ZN / you could assign this / em

[510] ZN: which one? this

trip to syahbandar?

[511] SL: MM / FZ / SS / MS / and WW / you stationed them

[512] ZN: ha okay sure

[513] SL: and then again i nak tanya / is that enough? six or five of them

[514] ZN: that would mean / em / em MS / SM / and AN / doesn’t have to go

lah? / you tak pergi lah? / <you not coming as well ke? / tak payah

pergilah?>

@ <looks at SL>

[515] FZ: i tak paham macam mana <daripada sini ke sini sebenarnya>

@ <points to schedule>

[516] ZN: dari mana ke sini apa?

[517] FZ: meaning off / kita daripada tadika /

[518] WW: lepas lunch / kita lunch kat tadika tu / they are going to provide us

lunch / tukar tukar baju

[519] FZ: no / i mean the lecturers

[520] ZN: oh tak / <yang pagi ni nampak tak takde kat bawah> / because they

are going different person

@ <points to schedule>

[521] FZ: yeah / are we going by bus or what?

[522] ZN: er / they are going by bus / er / you can by car /or / with them by bus

/ kalau ada tempat kosong / tak cukup eh? / <kita pergi berapa bus? /

dua bus? / tiga?>

@ <looks at WW>

[523] WW: tiga

[524] ZN: tiga bus / ada lebih dok?

[525] WW: <tiga right?>

@ <looks at MM>

[526] FZ: tiga

[527] ZN: tiga eh / ada lebih seat dok?

[528] MM: <ada>

Page 31: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

215

@ <nods head>

[529] ZN: ada

[530] MM: the bus is fourty seats

[531] ZN: okay

[532] SL: and every lecturer / at least satu bus ada satu lecturer

[533] MM: ha dalam

bus ada satu lecturer

[534] ZN: ada ada

[535] SL: and FZ / you should be one lah / in / in the bus who going / and

coming back

[536] FZ: sebab tu i tanya daripada mana i patut naik bus / because of this

one is different person right / and this one is different person

[537] ZN: maybe / maybe we can just stop here and pickup / yang lecturer

pergi tu boleh turun kat sini / but students are not allowed to go /

macam to go / to go back / to their hostel

[538] SL: takpe / if you need a lift

i can pick you up / rumah you dekat je kan / <i can pick you up / (i

can pick you up>)

@ <looks at FZ>

@ (ZN laughs)

[539] ZN: (letak je dia tepi jalan kat traffic light tu)

@ (FZ laughs)

[540] FZ: <i tunggu kat pak guard je>

@ <laughs>

[541] ZN: <tunggu pak guard je>

@ <laughs>

[542] MM: <kak SL >

@ <looks at SL>

[543] SL: <yes yes>

@ <looks at MM>

[544] MM: can we claim / for travelling purposes?

[545] SL: nanti i tanya / <okay make sure you stationed them>

@ <looks at ZN>

[546] ZN: ha / okay / nanti i stationed kan dia orang

[547] SL: and then / on the / <FD> /i tak tahu macam mana cara / but you have

to brief them on the on / em / i’ll give you the form / the / not the

form / the / the file la in a way / so that lepas dia habis activity

petang tu that afternoon you have to brief them what they are

supposed to do the next day / student ni they have to keep on / er /

keep on reminded on what they supposed to do

@ <looks at FD>

[548] FZ: the meeting is where?

[549] SL: i don’t know / last / i tak tahu

[550] FD: after the trip / or before the trip?

[551] SL: no after the trip / bila habis habis habis habis semua / <maybe / you

kena kata / ZN>

@ <looks at ZN>

[552] ZN: ye

Page 32: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

216

[553] SL: in the / in the description / em / maybe you kena kata / em / they

have to like gather dekat taman syahbandar and / so you kena

provide healer ke apa benda ke / so that you brief them / for the

next / activity

[554] MM: taman syahbandar

[555] FZ: sebenarnya pergi dengan bus will be easier but then again we use

three buses

[556] SL: ah / yes

[557] MM: taman syahbandar / eh tempat tu / <can the bus enter?>

@ <looks at SL>

[558] WW: yes

[559] FZ: ada parking for bus

[560] ZN: ah / ada parking for bus

[561] MM: masuk kat tepi ni kan / tepi hotel tu kan / seri malaysia

[562] WW: no that is not taman syahbandar MM

[563] SL: bukanlah / tepi killiney tu

[564] MM: tak yang nak pergi ke / ape nama benda tu / ah killiney / yes yang

nak pergi ke / water front tu lah / okay this trip / er / they finish at /

dia ada stage different stations right? / dia ada four station kan /

okay / <they finish at which station?>

@ <looks at ZN>

[565] ZN: <jap eh tengok> / kita drop dia dekat station kan / we proposed to

stop dekat respective station dengan lecturer dengan facilitatator

@ <refers to the schedule>

[566] MM:

i see::: / <okay>

@ <nods head>

[567] ZN: lepas tu/ em / em / let’s say / you nak bus pick them up ke

[568] MM: ah::: <kat mana?>

@ <looks at SL>

[569] SL: i would say

[570] ZN: kalau bus tu pick them up / if nak bus pick them up

berhenti kejap dekat taman syahbandar depan post office tu

[571] MM: okay

[572] ZN:

and so we can brief them / <can>

@ <looks at SL>

[573] SL: i tak tahu / sebab i tak nampak / why don’t you

[574] ZN: <can we do

that?>

@ <looks at MM>

[575] MM: i pun (tak nampak jugak)

@ (ZN laughs)

[576] ZN: kejap dia ada four station / and then kita pun / kita pun drop them

first

[577] MM: <okay and then>

@ <looks at ZN and nods head>

[578] ZN: and then let’s say

Page 33: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

217

[579] MM: (and then they do their activity)

@ (ZN nods head)

[580] ZN: around four fifty / we go and pick them up / and then can we just ask

bus drivers to gather dekat taman syahbandar / depan pos office tu

the general post office tu / because that one is quite big so

[581] MM: okay

the furthest place they are going to go is?

[582] ZN: the water front tu je that’s the furtherst yang dekat belakang

kampong cina

[583] MM: okay so dia orang akan pergi ke water front

[584] ZN: yes

[585] MM: and then dia orang akan patah balik pergi sana?

[586] ZN: kalau bus boleh pick them up / sebab bus / sebab bus boleh lalu

[587] MM:

kena fikir jugak budak budak tu / <kesian jugak dia orang nak patah

balik>

@ <looks at SL>

[588] FZ: <kampong cina bus boleh lalu eh?>

@ <looks at ZN>

[589] ZN: ah boleh

[590] WW: boleh boleh boleh

[591] ZN: sebab dia punya tu tinggi brape

meter tu i tak sure / tapi bus boleh lalu lah

[592] WW: eh dia punya apa / <i rasa takde dah benda benda alah tu>

@ <looks at ZN>

[593] ZN: <takdok dah ke yang ada naga naga? / hok atas tu tu?>

@ <looks at WW>

[594] WW: o::: boleh

[595] MM: <o::: you are saying that place>

@ <looks at ZN>

[596] SM: kalau nak

pergi water front tak payah masuk kat kampong cina tu pun je / lalu

kat belakang tu pun

[597] FZ: yang apa? / sebelah seri malaysia tu je eh

[598] MM: that one / ya

[599] SM: cuma dia nak keluar je ikut pasar payang tak lepas

kona / kena ikut jalan banggol masuk balik

[600] ZN: masuk belah kanan /

tapi that one dekat hotel seri malaysia dulu lah tu hujung tu

[601] SM: tapi

waterfront dengan taman syahbandar dah kira dekat sebenarnya

[602] WW: <yes>

@ <nods head>

[603] SM: so they can walk

[604] FZ: the matter is kalau derang berjalan / the thing

is yang safety je lah / because of bus

[605] ZN: the furthest they can walk lah dekat hotel seri malaysia

[606] WW: sampai seri malaysia tu

Page 34: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

218

[607] ZN: kalau dia orang nak jalan / sampai sana it’s up to them

[608] MM: <okay

chup>

@ <looks at ZN>

[609] FZ: <kalau hujan?>

@ <looks at ZN>

[610] MM: <ha yes> / kalau hujan

@ <nods head>

[611] ZN: ha kalau hujan / tu apa nak buat

[612] MM: <that’s the thing>

@ <looks at ZN>

[613] SM: ikut bawah terowong

[614] FZ: <bawah terowong?>

@ <laughs>

[615] SL: plan b / we really have to talk that / if it’s raining

[616] SM: letak je dekat mydin mall

[617] SL: if it’s raining / can we like stationed them to just one place / like /

back up plan /pasar kedai payang

[618] ZN: haa tu je / pasar payang je

[619] SL: how they could promote pasar kedai payang ke / how they could

upgrade ke

[620] ZN: can i said that / maybe they can suggest la / the / the arrangement

[621] FZ:

or bazaar

[622] SM: yang baru tu

[623] SL: aha / yang bazar tu

[624] ZN: the / the

[625] FZ: so at least / benda tu jadi

variety lah sikit takda lah pasar kedai payang itself sahaja

[626] SL: <aha>

@ <nods head>

[627] SM: so meeting point kat pasar taman syahbandar la ni?

[628] ZN: kalau hujan we can tell them to station themselves at kedai pasar

payang / but they can go branch up

[629] SM: it’s up to them lah

[630] ZN: yang

ada roof / its up to them lah

[631] FZ: but we still have to have the

parameter as well lah / because we have to observe them

[632] SL: especially the lecturers erm / erm / i think you need to put it / there

back up plan

[633] SM: <you have to observe them right?>

@ <smiles points to FZ>

[634] ZN: ha tu lah FZ rasa nanti macam / ha / <kanak kanak merayap merata

rata kan FZ>

@ <laughs and looks at FZ>

[635] FZ: <tu lah pasal>

@ <laughs>

Page 35: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

219

[636] SM: pinjam je yang <pakcik yang beca tu>

@ <acts like cycling a trishaw>

[637] ZN: trishaw

[638] FZ: ei dia orang ni tak boleh nak kata jugak

[639] ZN: eh yang belakang / yang belakang yang lawa lawa / tu ape benda?

that’s the another one / the shelter one yang ada shelter tu?

[640] FZ: that’s the one that i said

[641] SM: yang baru tu la?

[642] ZN: ha yang baru tu

[643] WW: bazaar:::

[644] ZN: nama dia bazar apa?

[645] WW: bazaar kedai payang lah / bazar payang

[646] ZN: bazar pasar payang / oh okay

[647] MM: <bukan bazar warisan ke tu?>

@ <looks at WW>

[648] WW: bazaar waris / eh:::

[649] FZ: bazaar warisan lah

[650] SM: bazaar warisan lah / berhadapan kedai payang

[651] FZ: so that’s the

parameter lah / (plan b)

@ (WW laughs)

[652] SM: <hello::: (selalu selalulah turun ke bandar ye>)

@ <looks at WW>

@ (all laugh)

[653] FZ: selamba je bagi nama pasar payang

[654] SM: suka suka bagi nama

[655] WW: sebab i rasa

[656] SL: <dia bagi nama apa?>

@ <looks at SM>

[657] SM: (bazar pasar payang / suka suka je)

@ (all laugh)

[658] SM: confidential / <ni kalau dengar di kerajaan negeri / marah tau>

@ <laughs>

[659] FZ: gaji dia tak tambah

[660] MM: (i puji dia punya confidence lah)

@ (all laugh)

[661] MM: okay dah dah dah

[662] SL: okay okay now / we have two days more to go / okay day five /

home shopping this project is led by FZ / FZ / i need to remind you

/ er / i’ve spoken to AF to / to / apa tu /

[663] ZN: to collect the boxes

[664] SL: no / it’s difficult and then you haven’t told him

[665] FZ: eh i dah cakap dah / i dah cakap dah dengan ZN dengan FR sekali

[666] ZN: we did we did / kita jumpa dia dekat yang

[667] SL: ha dia cakap tak

bagitahu / you haven’t told him

[668] ZN: tak / tak dia kata

[669] MM: you guna tun mana? / (tun yang?)

Page 36: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

220

@ (all laugh)

[670] FZ: <jahat>

@ <looks at MM>

[671] WW: MM shut up

[672] FZ: dengan dia tak jadi kot?

[673] ZN: wah dengan dia tak jadi / wah

[674] SL: different (tun ke?)

@ (all laugh)

[675] SM: (tun menyesal)

@ (all laugh)

[676] WW: ya Allah

[677] FZ: i dah cakap dah hari tu / <dengan FR dengan ZN skali right?>

@ <looks at ZN>

[678] ZN: yes

[679] SL: erm / backup plan so i think you kena cari kat orang luar jugak lah

[680] FZ: kena (…) lah jawabnya

[681] WW: boleh explain tak what is / <how is home shopping?>

@ <looks at FZ>

[682] FZ: it’s kind of / a macam smart shop / they have to / they have to come

up with something we gave them / we gave them box tu

[683] SL: itu base

dia lah

[684] FZ: ha base dia / so they have to they have to create

something from that box / after that / they have to promote that thing

like macam spelling or anything lah / kind of / macam smartshop /

em / so simple as that

[685] MM: okay done / next

[686] SL: done

[687] MM: done / break and what not / for the whole thing here / for the whole

thing here i mean / there’s no food provided for the lecturers / our

own la?

[688] SL: setakat ini / but because we saw that these boxes are not yet is still

intact / so we thought of er / <utilised>

@ <laughs>

[689] SM: we will (<contact

them?>)

@ <laughs>

@ (SL laughs)

[690] SL: they still intact / so we thought of guna macam benda benda ni la / i

don’t know / or / these are for the kids

[691] WW: i think it’s for the kids / sebab siapa bagitahu / ini untuk / er / tesl

camp ni untuk budak budak tesl camp ni

[692] ZN: eh?

[693] SM: so you dah jadi budak budak sebab you dah makan

[694] WW: because if / faci / macam (too much lah pulak)

@ (SL laughs)

[695] SL: i can ask / i can ask ES if we have enough budget / the least that i

could ask for is / at least drink for / for / the judges

Page 37: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

221

[696] SM: boleh demand tak?

[697] ZN: ala demand / poyo je / buat sendiri

[698] SM: <request>

@ <laughs>

[699] SL: you nak apa? / you nak apa? / you nak chocolate shake?

[700] SM: mineral

okay / <drinking water cannot>

@ <laughs>

[701] FZ: pilih je dari situ

[702] MM: ntah ambil je

[703] SM: mineral accepted / drinking cannot

[704] WW: amboi / kat rumah minum drinking water

[705] SM: sorry / i kat rumah minum mineral (…)

[706] SL: okay

[707] MM: indoor template

[708] SL: em / indoor template / erm / i don’t think something’s needed here

sebab / er / dia lebih kepada (…) / eh itu charade / <SM / it charade /

itu charade kan?>

@ <looks at SM>

[709] SM: <eh no:::>

@ <checks his file>

[710] SL: charade::: / if the shoes does not fit nil ah survival skill / <is it

charade?>

@ <points to SM>

[711] ZN: <charade / you>

@ <looks at SM>

[712] SM: ha::: / charade::: (me) / <kejap kejap kejap>

@ (all laugh)

@ <searches for a paper from his file>

[713] SL: <look at him>

@ <points to SM’s drinks>

[714] WW: dah habis okay

[715] SM: dahaga

[716] MM: mentang mentang dean kata ambil je

[717] WW: sedap kan / <this one nice kan>

@ <looks at ZN>

[718] ZN: apa tu / epal?

[719] FZ: <nak satu>

@ <pass a drink to FZ and ZN>

[720] SL: ala::: / <one for me okay>

@ <smiles>

[721] WW: takpe ada lagi satu / ada lagi <tiga>

@ <laughs>

[722] MM: i’ll take six back

[723] SM: ha charade / this time / we have / er / we have a set / a set of cards /

okay / alright / <shuffle> / okay / and that / after that / in that card /

we have idioms / these are all idioms / okay / so shuffle / we ask one

of the representative of the group / okay they got to pick /and they

Page 38: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

222

going to act it up / the rest of the group has to guess / what is that /

with a complete sentence lah/ if the group can answer / they get

mark / if not we open to the rest / so it will be done er / for / maybe

three to four hours / based on the remaining time / that’s the indoor

template

@ <looks to MM and laughs>

[724] SL: okay that’s all / (…) / okay

[725] SM: what?

[726] SL: to brief for the next activity which falls on the next sunday

[727] MM: oh Friday <none?>

@ <looks at SL>

[728] SL: no / mind you

[729] SM: (<hari keluarga>)

@ <laughs>

@ (ZN, SL and FZ laugh)

[730] SL: mind you mind you the / the / the second half of the indoor / is

basically more on the competition based / where they have they have

to lots of / of role play / start with bed time stories / led by MS and

ZN again

[731] MM: why don’t we do bed time stories at night then / but nevermind

anyway

[732] SL: no no / we cannot disturb their night life

[733] SM: (also ours)

@ (all laugh)

[734] MM: is there any / in terengganu by the way?

[735] SM: <you have / you have none the (…) right? / (only us>)

@ <looks at MM>

@ (all laugh)

[736] SM: (<only us>)

@ <points to all female participants>

@ (all laugh)

[737] ZN: only us / kami semua

[738] WW: only you / (only us?)

@ (all laugh)

[739] SM: <they / they cannot go back late> / at night

@ <points to FZ, ZN and WW>

[740] ZN: ha betul betul

[741] MM: <dia tengah buat video AU tau>

@ <points to the researcher>

[742] SM: oh okay / (<eh dia record ke?>)

@ <looks at the researcher>

@ (all laugh)

[743] MM: okay anyway

[744] SM: tolong edit ye

[745] SL: okay bed time stories where / you know / during the explore lit /after

they have finish their game / they will / the first winner will choose

the book which story they want / so they will be brief then they have

Page 39: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

223

to come up with the role play / any bed stories that they received

okay / er

[746] MM: so here / they do their / er / own dialogue / and

everything?

[747] SL: yeah yeah yeah

[748] FZ: i have / my parents house

[749] SL: okay / good good good

[750] FZ: if / if / if they want to use it / i have to get it from my parents lah

[751] MM: what is it ?

[752] FZ: lady bird bed time stories

[753] SL: okay then / the second activity / if the shoe does not fit / this is

survival skill / this project is led by KM

[754] MM: if the shoe does not

[755] SL: = fit survival skill / critical thinking skill

[756] MM: who choose the committee here?

[757] SL: the committee for what? / the judges?

[758] MM: no no / i mean

[759] SL: the faculty

[760] MM: asal semua banyak baru je?

[761] SL: of course

[762] SM: okay anyway

[763] FZ: kak SL i tak paham / yang nie this one i seriously tak faham / dah la

jadi judge / pastu

[764] SL: if the shoes does not fit ni / dia akan bagi

situation

[765] MM: i think it is better for us / kumpul ramai ramai lepas tu

[766] SL:

kumpul ramai ramai lah / i taknak cerita takut salah

[767] MM: tu lah pasal

[768] FZ: who is ni

[769] SL: kak madam KM

[770] ZN: kak / madam lagi

[771] SL: last day of the activity / day seven puppet show

[772] MM: okay hold / for thirty five for Sunday / what should i brief here by

the way

[773] SL: you’ll be given the file / you are going brief or them/ in a way gentle

reminder on what they are supposed they to do tomorrow / puppet

show and then nasyid competition / if they have any problem / that’s

why all the committee needs to know / what the activity the / the

general idea / what / what the activity is about

[774] MM: just explain by the person who will be (…)

[775] SM: yes / puppet show plus masquerade

[776] SL: if i were to ask / if i were to

ask i mean the person to come back for the briefing / that would be

unfair

[777] MM: eh no no / i mean

[778] SL: so that’s why / em

[779] SM: i can brief now / <if you want>

Page 40: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

224

@ <looks at MM>

[780] MM: but then you have to brief / another time but never mind

[781] SL: we will give you / everybody one whole / one whole thing or one

whole / one whole compilation / so it is easier

[782] MM: = to guide

[783] SL: yes / okay puppet show / is like a wayang kulit thingy

[784] SM: <no no>

@ <looks at SL and shakes head>

[785] SL: <bukan no?>

@ <looks at SM>

[786] SM: no / i never mentioned about wayang kulit / is puppet show is like

masquerade also

[787] SL: ha::: masquerade

[788] SM: they have to be / the puppet

[789] FZ: oh they have to be the puppet

[790] SM: ha:::

[791] SL: (<ya ya ya ya>)

@ <nods head>

@ (MM raises his hand)

[792] MM: <stated here is activity eleven but where is activity eleven by the

way?>

@ <looks at SL>

[793] SL: salah / my mistake / ini yang masalah yang <tiga tahun yang tak

baiki baiki>

@ <laughs>

[794] SM: tiga tahun tu ambil masa

[795] MM: okay this is ten / eleven lah?

[796] SL: aha / ten eleven

[797] WW: and then this one / nasyid activity is on twelve

[798] SL: ha? / twelve / kita (xxx) activity je

[799] MM: so nasyid ni macam mana ni / nyanyi je

[800] SL: nasyid ni masuk / ni dia kira final terus

[801] MM: em / when do they prepare the song?

[802] SL: they prepare / because we brief them earlier / jap i nak tanya jugak

ni / nasyid ni kita do it in one hall ke?

[803] SM: everybody / because they have to perform right so just prepare

[804] MM: = sound sytem and everything

[805] SL: dua belas lagu / twelve songs

[806] SM: macam dua belas lagu / kol sembilan kol sebelas / (<selesai lah>)

@ <laughs>

@ (FZ and ZN laugh)

[807] MM: we give them / three minutes or something

[808] SL: <you are doing nasyid right?>

@ <looks at FD>

[809] MM: so we limit them / three minutes

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[810] SM: three minutes lagu apa? / kindergarten / kindergarten song boleh la

Page 41: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

225

[811] WW: three minutes nak lagu apa? five to seven minutes

[812] MM: times twelve groups?

[813] WW: baru sixty / minutes

[814] SM: baru satu jam

[815] SL: tapi these three judges ni / what say you / tak

penat ke dengar?

[816] MM: i dengar nasyid kan / i cair you

[817] WW: they will change la kak SL / means that six / six / six group FR and

AN and

[818] MM: <tak best / tak best>

@ <shakes head>

[819] WW: then?

[820] SL: kalau kita break it into two nanti

[821] MM: nanti payah nak cari

[822] SL: nak cari winner pulak

[823] WW: and then / so the same judges kena / tahan telinga je la

[824] FZ: tahan telinga je lah

[825] SM: <kalau you cair i sembur (xxx)> / (dia mengeras)

@ <looks at MM and smiles>

@ (MM smiles)

[826] SL: and then looking at it / FZ / AN / all gentlemen / are they trust?

[827] MM: eh perempuan lah sikit woi

[828] FZ: kenapa takda perempuan langsung kat sini?

[829] MM: (tolak MM) / boleh enam gak

@ (FZ laughs)

[830] SL: tolak with /

[831] SM: kalau kita tolak / MM nombor tiga / FR tu number dua / <okay

jugak>

@ <laughs>

[832] SL: okay / siapa yang / siapa yang perempuannya

[833] ZN: siapa perempuan

yang ada?

[834] SL: so you dah jadi enam

[835] MM: ah yes

[836] WW: (AN)

@ (SL, ZN and FZ laugh)

[837] ZN: ei::: WW

[838] WW: what? / betul lah / i just bagi suggestion je

[839] SM: sebab AN boleh / ada kan / (<satu malaysia beb>)

@ <looks at SL>

@ (all laugh)

[840] ZN: nasyid satu malaysia kak SL

[841] SM: nasyid (<satu uns>)

@ <laughs>

@ (WW, FZ and ZN laugh)

[842] MM: perempuan sorang / tujuh / macam tak fair jugak

[843] WW: perempuan sorang tujuh siapa?

[844] MM: dia orang semua enam / je nampak

Page 42: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

226

[845] WW: that’s the thing / sebab tu lah / (…) baru four baru / barulah three

[846] SL: tapi dia dah kerja pagi tu

[847] MM: siapa

[848] SL: puppet show

[849] ZN: dengan i puppet show atas

[850] MM: i solve dengan dia nanti

[851] SL: sure? / so you tujuh / dia empat lah

[852] MM: eleven is what?

[853] SM: dia sama / tak berubah lah / dia tukar orang je

[854] MM: seven pun seven lah

[855] ZN: it’s a new thing

[856] FZ: bagi alasan (<tak nak dengar nasyid>)

@ <looks at MM>

@ (MM smiles)

[857] WW: yeah i know

[858] SM: hari terakhir indoor / (<you jadi imam sembahyang asar>) / penutup

@ <looks at MM>

@ (FZ, WW and ZN laugh)

[859] WW: <siapa sokong angkat tangan macam saya>

@ <raises her hand and move it gracefully>

[860] ZN: <WW>

@ <laughs>

[861] SL: okay / let’s have a look at your duty / let’s have a look at your duty

[862] SM: duty during TESL camp

[863] SL: during TESL camp / this is during / indoor tesl camp kan indoor /the

reason why i put / eh kenapa FR:: / <kenapa FD lima / what is so

special about you that i put you five?>

@ <looks at FD>

[864] FD: typo typo

[865] MM: ambil satu dari i

[866] ZN: what typo?

[867] FD: <typo error>

@ <smiles>

[868] FZ: typo::: / one two three four five six

[869] ZN: what typo?

[870] SL: <ce kira ce kira / ce kira ce kira / ce kira ce kira ce kira> / i consider/

yang day four pagi tu / em / pukul lapan sepuluh setengah / and then

/ eleven to twelve / so dua kali

@ <looks at FD>

[871] SM: oh sebab tu ada dua ni eh / dalam satu dalam satu folder / katam

mo::lek::

[872] SL: day four / em day four / so sir MM nak keluarkan mana yang MM?

[873] MM: the whole that (…)

[874] SL: boleh eh / FD / kita boleh event you dengan dia? / so kalau gitu kita

nak keluarkan MM / dia pulak dengan FD / tapi semua lelaki /tapi

kita nak perempuan lah pulak

[875] FZ: yelah / the same thing lah / sama je

[876] SL: no i nak tengok /okay betul dah/ the reason why i tengok FD /

Page 43: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

227

dia dah kerja hari

[877] FD: actually i’m on the first day also but / er / er/

its its

[878] SL: ye ke? thursday

[879] FD: ten thirty

[880] WW: yes kak SL

[881] SL: thursday

[882] FD: ten thirty my team

[883] ZN: oh my team

[884] SL: okay then / enam betul ke ni / ce check betul ke enam / ce check ce

check / i malas dah

[885] MM: ni betul ke tujuh ke / kan sembilan ni

[886] FZ: aha la / dewan ni tak tick untuk FD / that’s why

[887] SL: ce kira / ce kira / masing masing

[888] SM: yang brief tu kira ?

[889] SL: brief tak kira / alah::: sepuluh minit je

[890] WW: tahu / <ne:::beng::: guh>

@ <laughs>

[891] SL: <tahu> / (FZ okay? / six) / WW / WW okay kerja empat kali?

@ <smiles>

@ (looks at FZ)

[892] SL: actually / i want to / i want to reduce SM

[893] FZ: ha apa / <pk tu bukak ke malam?>

@ <looks at SL>

[894] SL: pk is what? / no no no

[895] FZ: pusat kesihatan

[896] SL: <no no / no no>

@ <shakes head>

[897] FZ: meaning of kalau anything

[898] MM: if anything / yang dekat lah

[899] FZ: no / ya lah / ha ya dekat lah

[900] SL: they bring to the clinic yang ni lah

/ or panel / panel clinic

[901] SM: saya punya lima je

[902] SL: ha?

[903] SM: lima je

[904] SL: ye ke? ce kira WW / <i tak percaya dia ni>

@ <laughs>

[905] SM: (<kalau betul saya buka se lagi air ni>)

@ <points to a drink and laughs>

@ (WW, ZN, and FZ laughs)

[906] ZN: minum je

[907] FZ: yang ni ada dua right?

[908] SM: yang mana?

[909] WW: jangan kira briefing eh

[910] FZ: day four dia ada two slashes so sebab tu jadi enam

[911] SM: two slashes? / nama sekali je / sembilan hingga dua belas / kira

sekali lah

Page 44: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

228

[912] FZ: dua / kak SL kira dua

[913] SM: <kira dua ke?>

@ <looks at SL>

[914] WW: dua lah / lapan setengah / sepuluh setengah / sepuluh setengah /

dua belas setengah

[915] SM: <the whole day kira satu je>

@ <looks at SL>

[916] SL: kira dua

[917] SM: kira dua sebab kalau break (…)

[918] WW: itu time slot lah tu

[919] SM: so enam lah itu / betul lah / saya bilang ada nama ada sini / tak

cakap ada dua

[920] WW: yes / (tak jadi buka air tu)

@ (all laugh)

[921] SL: ZN clear?

[922] ZN: yes clear

[923] SL: FD enam eh? / typo error / sebab i’m going to brief this / this i’m

going to brief

[924] SM: bagus betul FD bagitau / kalau i dah senyap dah

[925] SL: this i akan tunjuk pada semua lah takut bising / MM still seven lah?

<hero always lebih>

@ <looks at MM>

[926] WW: tahu takpe

[927] SL: <kan? / kan? / hero always lebih kan>

@ <looks at MM>

[928] SM: (check balik FZ) / cuba kira balik / yang petang tu kira dua ye / yang

petang tu kira dua

@ (all laugh)

[929] SL: eh (sekali je)

@ (all laugh)

[930] SL: tapi petang ni berapa jam je?

[931] SM: ZN your full name / <ZN?> / ada siti depan nur ada?

@ <writes on a paper>

[932] ZN: takda / tak payah nak gedik gedik /<berapa kali nak bagitahu office>

(ZN WH juga)

@ <laughs>

@ (SM laughs)

[933] FZ: takda jugak / tapi kenapa dewan takde tande / that one is day two

[934] SL: oh day one eh / oh oh / cuba buang / tapi tinggal berapa?

[935] FZ: tinggal lima / kejap / tapi nama i ada empat tau

[936] SL: <damn>

@ <giggles>

[937] MM: apa lagi ganti i lah sikit

[938] SL: betul kan / nama ada empat / lima / enam

[939] FZ: eh nama i ada <enam pulak>

@ <laughs>

[940] SM: haiya

[941] ZN: harapan palsu

Page 45: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

229

[942] FZ: tapi day one i sepatutnya takda kenapa takda tanda kat sini

[943] SL: tapi / makna nya

[944] SM: kan semua kena ada

[945] FZ: oh / tapi takkan la semua bertanda

[946] ZN: eh tak tak / tak tak / we are not supposed to / kalau opening

ceremony tu tak payah tanda

[947] FZ: kenapa i kira enam eh / i salah number orang eh?

[948] SL: opening ceremony jangan kira

[949] SM: oh ZN nama you / <ingatkan ZNH>

@ <looks at ZN>

[950] ZN: you macam student i / ZNH

[951] SL: day seven pagi / pagi okay betul lah enam / cuma tukar nama you/ i

ni bawa belakang / because mula mula i letak SL / KM / FZ tapi all

ladies / okay

[952] WW: <you’re going eh?>

@ <looks at ZN>

yay / siapa lagi / siapa lagi?

[953] SM: FZ your full name?

[954] ZN: ZN

[955] SM: nama bapanya?

[956] ZN: WHB

[957] SM: <z a> / (z pulak dah)

@ <spells out the name and writes on a paper>

@ (all laugh)

[958] ZN: <eleh z>

@ <laughs>

[959] SM: FR FR?

[960] FD: FR bin MD

[961] WW: eh yang outdoor berapa yang pergi

[962] SM: tak tahu / kita orang dah confirm / <tiga haribulan May okay?>

@ <points to ZN>

[963] ZN: okay

[964] WW: eh you together with AN lah (…)

[965] SM: dia survey bawah / kita orang naik atas

[966] WW: dia akan survey atas bawah semualah

[967] SM: dia minta saya pergi / dia tak pergi minta pertolongan

[968] FZ: banyak nyamuk tak?

[969] ZN: kita berapa orang?

[970] SM: kita empat / FR

[971] ZN: FR kata okay je dia nak

[972] FZ: FR kata tak tahu berapa hari bulan dia free

[973] ZN: tak tak / dia kata after first may tu / he’s free

[974] SM: takpa kalau tu buat tiga je / tambah sorang lagi perempuan

[975] ZN: takpa takpa

[976] SL: <FR okay ke?>

@ <looks at FD>

[977] SM: ni FD

[978] ZN: cukup lah kita pergi <satu kereta je>

Page 46: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

230

@ <laughs>

[979] SM: sebab satu kereta je pun boleh claim pun / kecuali kalau dia boleh

provide / ape

[980] WW: van

[981] SM: haa / van uns

[982] SL: trooper lagi best

[983] SM: lagi senang / kalau tak tak ada masalah nak parking kereta

[984] FZ: you mintak lah / <you mintak lah>

@ <looks at SM>

[985] SM: kalau boleh mintak

[986] FZ: kalau provide van unisza boleh la pergi ramai sikit

[987] SM: takde masalah nak parking kereta

[988] FZ: kalau pakai van boleh pergi ramai sikit

[989] SM: <bawa yang bujang bujang nanti nak naik bukit senang>

@ <points to ZN, FR and WW>

[990] FR: bujang bujang / terasa i

[991] SL: can you discuss this outside / can i finish this? / <it’s already eleven

thirty> / looking looking at the / looking at the duties ni / what say

you? is it okay with you?

@ <looks at a clock on the wall>

[992] FD: okay

[993] ZN: (ha yes no problem)

@ (MM laughs)

[994] MM: its alright

[995] ZN: last day tu <i takde kerja> (…)

@ <laughs>

[996] SM: <kalau takda kerja you nak pergi tak?> / tiga haribulan

@ <looks at WW>

[997] WW: hari apa tu?

[998] SM: hari selasa / during office hour / pagi / so kalau boleh you nak

pergi tak?

[999] WW: means that i kena pakai sports attire eh

[1000] SM: of course kalau you nak pakai macam ni pun / terpulang

[1001] SL: boleh tak kita tracky tracky lepas ni / let me finish this thing

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

if it’s okay with you/ reason is / i think we are working under one

project / so there should shouldn’t be / indoor kerja lebih / outdoor

kerja kurang

[1002] ZN: eh bila kita nak dapat duty for outdoor / eh / for indoor?

[1003] SM: ni indoor lah nie

[1004] FZ: outdoor:::

[1005] ZN: hmm (kanak kanak ni)

@ (all laugh)

[1006] WW: dia orang pergi indoor bila? / enam belas haribulan petang?

[1007] SM: no no / tujuh belas wesak / lapan belas pagi / lapan belas pagi

[1008] SL: now / AN asks me / to to to/ ask this / anybody from here wants to

be on with bus?

Page 47: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

231

[1009] FD: FR said / FR mentioned to me yesterday / he will be there on the bus

[1010] SL: kita ada tiga bus / satu lecturer satu bus

[1011] MM: kalau / naik kereta sendiri / kalau bawa kereta sendiri berapa lama

[1012] SL: you can claim

[1113] MM: yelah / but berapa lama perjalanan

[1114] SL: engkau pernah pergi besut / shut up

[1115] SM: one hour only / one hour and fifteen only

[1116] SL: MM / you’ve been to besut remember / we drive / masa bulan puasa

tu / so one hour more or less

[1117] SM: i / will definitely will go with my car / because on thursday i go back

to my house / thursday

[1118] MM: apa nama tempat tu?

[1119] SM: bukit kluang beach resort

[1120] SL: siapa yang drive you boleh claim / but we need lecturers to be on the

bus

[1121] MM: okay how many?

[1122] SL: three buses / so one / in each / FZ satu / by right i will ask the

outdoor / sepatutnya outdoor yang kena handle / tapi kalau ada

indoor yang nak

[1123] SM: outdoor lah indoor tu dah ada sorang / tapi kalau indoor nak

okaylah / yang nak dia taknak drive kot / penat bagi outdoor lah dua

lagi

[1124] SL: so kita bagi outdoor

[1125] SM: bagi outdoor lah dua / lagi kita dah ambil satu

[1126] SL: so it’s not our problem / i takut you guys takut takde transport / so

i’m asking you this

[1127] FZ: i have to ask them first / kalau i takde transport i just coming by

bus

[1128] SL: kita nak tumpang / no problem / tapi balik you balik naik lah bus tu

/ (berdiri berdirilah)

@ (FZ laughs)

[1129] ZN: kejam benar

[1130] MM: dalam bus fourty / students

[1131] SM: fourty saje / orang seratus dua puluh / orang tak sampai seratus

dua puluh / so boleh lah / orang tak sampai seratus dua puluh pun /

(tempat luggage tu ke)

@ (all laugh)

[1132] FD: is that compulsory to be there?

[1133] SL: to be there where?

[1134] FD: er / bukit kluang

[1135] SL: everybody has to be there / because AN said

[1136] FD: how many?

three days?

[1137] SL: no two days only

[1138] SM: lapan belas and sembilan belas only

[1139] FD: we / provided / with the own room?

[1140] SL: yes everyone sharing

[1141] WW: but if you want bring your own family

Page 48: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

232

[1142] FD: er / can i / can i / bring

[1143] WW: = your wife?

[1144] SL: your wife kena bilik lain / you have to book you have to tell them

[1145] FD: if it is okay / i’m planning to bring along

[1146] SL: you have to tell them /

please consult with them / because SS / she would want to bring her

husband / so she would have to pay extra / so please inform ES

[1147] WW: i bawa you / <you bawa i>

@ <laughs>

[1148] FZ: <tak payah bayar apa apa kan>

@ <laughs>

[1149] SM: i bawa diri je la

[1150] SL: ala the wife waiting over there

[1151] SM: takde / takde maknanya dia sekolah lagi

[1152] SL: <oh look at at the( frustrations>)

@ <points to SM>

@ (all laugh)

[1153] SL: okay briefing for outdoor i’ll leave it to AN lah / what will happen

over there / its not / my / my / my ape tu

[1154] SM: tujuh belas wesak eh

[1155] SL: tujuh belas wesak / so satu hari berehat

[1156] MM: so eighteen tu pagi? / so kita boleh balik terus lah

[1157] SL: no no

[1158] MM: boleh claim tak kita?

[1159] SL: yelah

[1160] MM: boleh claim <eh?> / bolehlah ye

@ <SL nods head>

[1161] SM: pergi dengan bus <sorry eh>

@ <laughs>

[1162] SL: before i go on to material / material needed / last page i letak this

merit merit thingy / merit demerit system / this is a concept that we

gonna / we’re going to introduce which is has not yet being done /

merit demerit system / listen / i’ve been presented / this to the / em /

i’ve presented this to the / higher authority / kita tukar nama / jangan

buat / merit demerit / contohnya / kita buat dean’s award ke / dean’s

award / we create something interesting

[1163] FZ: campers award

[1164] SL: no no no / this is for group / dia

[1165] SM: ha::: tesl camp award / 2011

award

[1166] FZ: tu i cakap campus award / no / bukan <campus>

@ <spells out the word>

[1167] SL: oh::: / campers:::

[1168] FZ: <campers>

@ <spells out the word>

[1169] SL: tahu tahu / i got it / i got it / tapi / tapi / kita dalam ini / besides this

kita ada best group / best campus award kita dah ada / best campus

means best group / lepas ni kita nak buat dean’s award for this one

Page 49: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

233

[1170] SM: dean’s award goes to the group also right

[1171] SL: yang group lagi satu tu em

[1172] MM: yang buat tujuh kali takde award

[1173] SL: apa?

[1174] MM: yang buat tujuh kali takde award?

[1175] SL: wait wait / kita ada best faci award

[1176] MM: oh ada:::

[1177] SL: best faci award / best faci award among us lah / yang sixteen of us /

kita ada best faci award so siapa yang nak dapat best please

volunteer more on the

[1178] SM: so faci award should be / SL / ES and / AN cannot be in that

committee right / so sixteen thirteen only / because you’re the leader

/ leader cannot

[1179] SL: it doesn’t say

[1180] SM: normally leader (cannot)

@ (all laugh)

[1181] MM: ape yang dapat pun

[1182] SM: ha::: dapat i pad

[1183] SL: (i pack)

@ (all laugh)

[1184] SM: betul dapat ipad / dia punya kotak

[1185] SL: em / so sixteen of us / kita akan buat kita akan beratur depan tu lah /

and then student will choose / tu i kata / who want to be in the list /

please volunteer to add more duties / <instead of seven you can ask

for more MM>

@ <looks at MM>

[1186] MM: no way

[1187] SM: sepatutnya / mana mana ke mana kejohanan / apa apa activity pun /

dia takkan masuk / dia memang tak

[1188] SL: (adakah awak tergugat?)

@ (all laugh)

[1189] SM: sebab / normally the head almost have the time to the / er / the what/

the most time contact the students right

[1190] SL: bila? / takda

[1191] SM: (the first day)

@ (all laugh)

[1192] SL: no / i want to be in the list / <tengok tergugat ke tak>

@ <laughs>

[1193] ZN: so kita buat dua / senior and junior facilitator / kita junior je

[1194] WW: no every committee / untuk anak buah

[1195] SL: AN kate / supposedly the native lah kot / AN said / native lah yang

dapat

[1196] ZN: native?

[1197] SL: foreigner macam dia la / okay let’s move on to this / i’ve presented

this / dia ikut acitivity / initially kita buat tiga round / so every /

every faci / kena buat tiga kali round / er / only for / language / and

others / a for attire check skali / b for punctuality / sekali check /

once check / except for language and / others / others ni / maknanya

Page 50: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

234

/ er / team spirit / dia / dia kata / this is all ramly said / kita letak /

jangan letak o/ letak team spirit straightaway / but i said i want to

ask you guys first / sebab / o is not only for team spirit / macam

whatever remarkable behaviour / contohnya always bring flag tapi it

shows team spirit dia kata / wearing name tag maintain healthy

relationship with other groups tu team spirit / according to him / and

then / come to think about it again / masa dia pergi trip tu / did they

prepare token for kids?

[1198] SM: extra for them

[1199] SL: ha::: / extra for them

[1200] SM: extra creativity for them

[1201] SL: this is suggestion / from AN and ES / dia kata instead of you buat

a / p / l / o ni / you spell it out straightaway

[1202] SM: nak spell it out

[1203] SL: a eja straight away / jangan buat macam ni

[1204] SM: oh eja / contohnye / macam a / tu attire tu straight away

[1205] SL: aha / dia suruh buat dress

[1206] MM: dress?

[1207] SL: aha

[1208] SM: nak buat attire pun boleh / tapi borang tu / borang tu / tulisan dia /

tulisan dia kena pusing

[1209] SL: okay / i nak tanya / tiga round tu mungkin too much / kalau buat dua

round okay ke for faci?

[1210] FZ: for the starting

[1211] SL: i rasa sekali is unfair

[1212] WW: start and / in the end

[1213] FZ: ha dua kali

[1214] SM: tu untuk apa? / untuk?

[1215] SL: language dengan others

[1216] SM: oh:::

[1217] WW: pastu this one / <this one (…)>

@ <points to a paper to SL>

[1218] SL: macam mana macam mana?

[1219] WW: sebab / because for attire and punctuality / once je kan?

[1220] SL: ha

[1221] WW: means that / em:::

[1222] SL: how to design / this i leave you afterwards / <you help me> /

cumanya dia kata gini / system kita / kita akan buat just plus minus /

instead kita akan tulis markah / letak plus minus je kat situ / when if

dia punya attire bagus / kita letak plus je / yang tukang kira nya i

dengan SM

@ <looks at WW>

[1223] WW: aha:::

[1224] SL: er / (<another extra joke?>)

@ <looks at SM and laughs>

@ (FZ, ZN and WW laugh)

[1225] MM: (<sabar>)

@ <pats on SM’s back>

Page 51: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

235

@ (SM smiles)

[1226] FZ: so this one is for the group eh?

[1227] SL: <ha?>

@ <looks at FZ>

[1228] FZ: (<oh okay>)

@ <nods head>

@ (SM and SL nod head)

[1229] SL: if the attire / kita kira / kita kira / collaborative / kalau seorang pakai

jeans memang kira

[1230] SM: eh memang / semestinya / effective for the

group

[1231] WW: and then do we have to here / i mean language thirty

fourty others thirty fourty?

[1232] SL: okay / attire ten / punctuality ten / jeans ten but language / kita

award kan lebih dengan others / erm / kita letak just ten jugak /

kalau dia if it like they

[1233] SM: recursive eh / you mean / yang berulang

[1234] SL: aha

[1235] SM: kalau berulang kita sepatutnya double lah

[1236] WW: ah yes / why don’t you thirty fourty / thirty fourty /

[1237] SL: em::: / <ha?>

@ <looks at WW>

[1238] SM: dia punya numbers tu / number tiga puluh

[1239] SL: oh ni award markah dia / <award markah dia>

@ <shows to a paper>

[1240] WW: so means / that er / bila

[1241] SL: ha tu lah / bila i buat gini / AN kata

macam pening / dia kata gini / it’s either one / or nothing

[1242] WW: yes / lebih senang

[1243] ZN: kita pilih lah satu / which one you want /

thirty ke / fourty ke / fifty

[1244] WW: ada <fifty ke?>

@ <laughs>

[1245] ZN: (ada)

@ (WW laughs)

[1246] SL: so attire ni kita faham lah / sepuluh dengan / okay / can you decide

for language and others ni berapa?

[1247] WW: letak sepuluh je lah

[1248] MM: dia nak buat sampai berape?

[1249] SL: dia tak kira / masa / masa briefing nanti / kita kata every group will

be award with five hundreds

[1250] SM: tapi kalau language / lebih siket

lah daripada

[1251] ZN: ah yes because we want to stress

[1252] MM: fourty lah

[1253] ZN: ha fourty

[1254] SM: so kalau berulang?

[1255] WW: <twenty>

Page 52: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

236

@ <looks at SM>

[1256] SL: kali kedua?

[1257] SM: takkan / kali kedua tolak dua puluh eh / pastu kali kedua / tambah

lagi

[1258] SL: kalau kata first round tu / dia tak cakap / so / negative lah tu

/ negative tu berapa / negative empat puluh jugak?

[1259] FZ: tu la i nak tanya juga berapa sebenarnya

[1260] SM: tolak empat puluh je

lah

[1261] WW: tolak je / sama je / its either plus fourty or minus fourty

[1262] MM: yelah /

sama jugak macam you letak one / (or nothing)

@ (SL nods head)

[1263] SL: sama je / cuma percent / cuma value dia besar je la / okay so fixed

ah

[1264] MM: fixed

[1265] WW: okay fixed

[1266] SM: so kalau recursive double lah

[1267] SL: <gane nak kabo recursive?>

@ <looks at SM>

[1268] SM: let’s say / day one / let’s say / benda kita dah tolak empat puluh /

language / day two / benda yang / sama kumpulan yang sama/ benda

yang sama? / tolak empat puluh lagi ?

[1269] WW: yes

[1270] MM: tolak je

[1271] SL: tolak tolak tolak tolak

[1272] SM: oh / saya ingat / hari two ni / tolak lapan puluh

[1273] ZN: oh no no no no

[1274] WW:

the first day / <dia orang akan dapat thousand eh? / each group?>

@ <looks at SL>

[1275] SL: on the first day / er / first day / tu we give five hundred

[1276] SM: we

allocate five hundred / i agreed we have more than one thousand /

that day

[1277] SL: i think it’s up to the committee

[1278] WW: one thousand is okay

[1279] FZ: i rasa macam five hundred / macam sikit

kot / so akan ada group jadi / minus kot

[1280] SL: okay lepas tu / so yang telur tu masuk sini ke

[1281] FZ: masuk sini lah

[1282] MM:

others lah

[1283] FZ: ini including team spirit lah juga

[1284] SL: em / kena spell out benda lain lah for others ni / nak kena brief to

lecturers ni

[1285] MM: okay

[1286] WW: fourty language is macam:::

Page 53: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

237

[1287] SL: okay i rasa kita patut we have to put

more on language / because our theme is immerse yourself with

english

[1288] MM: we are / we are asking them to use it

[1289] WW: fourty?

[1290] SM: fourty sikit sangat / kalau

[1291] SL: no / if they bagi fifty / couldn’t be

bothered / kalau tolak pun deduct twenty / if speak pun twenty

[1292] FZ: aha

[1293] WW: kalau macam tu baik / sebab fourty takut macam susah siket

[1294] SM: buat lima lagi senang

[1295] WW: yes

[1296] SL: ha?

[1297] WW: fifty

[1298] SM: lima puluh lagi senang

[1299] WW: yes / seriously / kalau fourty memang susah

[1300] SM: untuk language / others?

[1301] SL: others i don’t know

[1302] FZ: lesser

[1303] SL: others tu macam dia bawa flag / dia bawa name tag / dia bawa

<(telur)>

@ (MM and FD laugh)

@ <looks at MM and FD and smiles>

[1304] SM: fifteen / why not fifteen

[1305] WW: fifteen? / fifteen susah nak kira / kita orang nak menye:::

[1306] FZ: = menyenangkan pekerjaan

[1307] WW: <twenty>

@ <looks at SL>

[1308] SL: okay (twenty)

@ (all jot down notes)

[1309] ZN: eh / kejap telur tu / macam mana dia nak bawak? / nak letak dalam

apa?

[1310] SL: it’s up to creativity

[1311] FZ: (up to them)

@ (WW looks at ZN and laughs)

[1312] SM: so others berapa tadi?

[1313] SL: dua

[1314] SM: dua eh

[1315] WW: (<so innocent>)

@ <looks at ZN and laughs>

@ (ZN smiles)

[1316] SL: so comment ni / apa apa catatan / kalau dia bawa telur dia bawa telur

/ so / so the the faci will write down lah

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[1317] FZ: satu satu ke macam mana meaning of flag plus twenty / er / telur

plus twenty

[1318] SL: tak / dia takkan kira markah / markah tu kita je / kita orang je kira

Page 54: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

238

/ just put plus minus je

[1319] SM: lepas tu dekat comment tu / bawa bendera / (bawa telur / amanah /

pecah amanah contohnya)

@ (FZ smiles and nods head)

[1320] SL: okay i nak tanya / satu faci / satu group / satu activity ke / untuk

every / every faci?

[1321] SM: er / kita bagi ikut activity lah senang

[1322] SL: satu je? / satu? / bukan dua faci / dua (…)

[1323] MM: leader je / leader

[1324] SL: okay come up to the last one / thank you so much / alright last one /

is the items material needed / i would like to go through for a while /

anything related to this / tesl camp materials needed ni / pukul

berapa dah wei / sebelas empat puluh dua dah

[1325] MM: that one for the one who’s in charge for the games lah

[1326] SL: apa dia?

[1327] MM: materials

[1328] SL: okay / poem of fifteen akan tanya / explore lit akan tanya / yang / i

talking about / er / i nak tanya kejap lagi / er / macam telur tu / for

my team / so telur / er / benda yang okay / sebelum tu / benda yang

basic / yang every activity macam satu / kena ada sokmo / the basic

[1329] MM: = markers / pens / papers / a4 papers

[1330] WW: whistler

[1331] EM: whistler untuk apa?

[1332] WW: i don’t know

[1333] SL: <markers / a4 papers> / <pencil>

@ <jots down notes on a paper>

@ <looks at MM>

[1334] MM: whistler

[1335] SM: whistler for what?

[1336] MM: nak tiup apa apa

[1337] WW: ha::: / emergency

[1338] FZ: kalau masa tamat for

emergency or anything

[1339] MM: er / stop watch ke / kalau apa apa yang pakai masa ke kan / healer

[1340] SM: jangan lupa loceng untuk pertandingan ya

[1341] WW: ting::: ting:::

[1342] MM: ah healer

[1343] FZ: <nanti kena tepuk tangan>

@ <laughs>

[1344] WW: FZ <begini>

@ <claps hand>

[1345] FZ: (<masa debate hari tu>)

@ <laughs>

@ (FZ and WW clap hands and laugh)

[1346] MM: whiteboard takde kan?

[1347] SL: dah dah dah dah

[1348] WW: stop watch

[1349] SM: sound system

Page 55: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

239

[1350] MM: marker dengan pemadam

[1351] SM: glue

[1352] SL: aha glue / scissors

[1353] SM: scissors

[1354] FZ: scissors

[1355] SM: a4 papers of course

[1356] SL: okay mahjung / mahjung pun kira / basic

la

[1357] MM: mahjung / manila cards

[1358] SM: plus lah

[1359] SL: banyak pulak kang / banyak pulak kita takde peruntukan

[1360] MM: semua ada / mahjung pun ade lagi kot

[1361] WW: ala this is for standby je kan

[1362] SL: it is standby / if kalau nak ada /

i’ll go to every committee yang handle benda ni / eh / eh every

leader of the activity

[1363] SM: kalau student nak buat apa apa pun boleh mintak kat kita kan

[1364] SL: em em / so i think that’s all / thank you so much/ er /gentle reminder

again / for all leaders / for every/ er / activity / please / email it to me

/ final day / is this saturday / what i need is is the the description / or

the / the synopsis because i need to put it this folder / dengan nama

dia / dengan nama faci straightaway / and letak ape tu the synopsis /

and the / the mark sheet / so benda ni akan ada kat situ / so those in

duty mai ambil kat situ je / once you are done / put it back here / kita

orang yang akan kira

[1365] SM: extra lah?

[1366] SL: kita tu / for marks its gonna be me / for merit demerit <kita akan

buat dua orang>

@ <looks at SM>

[1367] ZN: <kak SL / yang assign of facilitators tu / macam mana kita nak buat

tu?>

@ <looks at SL>

[1368] FZ: assign facilitators / meaning of the one / the one/ that / er / the

students have to:: ape tu / refer to for the lesson plan tu

[1369] SL: okay yang tu grouping tu / er / ES will do it / nanti dia akan

bagitahu

[1370] ZN: and then one more thing kak SL / thank you for bringing up / this /

prepare token for kids / everybody has lah / kalau group buat ada

group tak buat kesianlah / ada budak budak ni tak dapat kan

[1371] SL: i would say / er / kita encouragelah / besides i’ll be briefing them

about merit demerit system / plus / because the school pun dah bagi

kita makan ape semua / so and then i think student

[1372] ZN: can can /

can they / kalau dia orang tak nak prepare / so we can prepare before

hand / so we can prepare at least

[1373] WW: but its not fair lah for others

[1374] MM: (…) <we have to prepare something for the schools right?> / like

@ <looks at ZN>

Page 56: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

240

[1375] ZN:

schools for / this for kids / small small kids

[1376] SM: haa cukup lah choki choki stick satu satu kotak / ala bagi je la

sebatang sorang

[1377] WW: (sebatang sorang?)

@ (FZ and ZN laugh)

[1378] WW: kesiannya / choki choki stick sebatang sorang?

[1379] ZN: (<jahat gila>)

@ <laughs>

@ (FZ, WW and SM laugh)

[1380] MM: benda benda macam tu la

[1381] ZN: oh yes

[1382] WW: let’s say

[1383] SL: jangan jangan / if kita tolong / it’s unfair for the rest

[1384] WW: ha yes

[1385] ZN: ha / so yang tu / so maybe you can’t say encourage because they

have say

[1386] WW: make it compulsory lah

[1387] ZN: make it compulsory lah

[1388] FZ:

you have to remind the facilitator lah

[1389] SL: eh tak tak tak / die takkan

buat apa apa / sebab die tak akan masuk dalam merit demerit system

[1390] MM: but you have to tell / takut ada group yang buat ada / ada group yang

tak buat

[1391] WW: tak kisah / dia tak faham

[1392] SL: budak budak kalau die tak buat / kita / kita ba / (kita bagi diri)

@ (all laugh)

[1393] ZN: (apa dia ni?)

@ (all laugh)

[1394] FZ: kita bagi diri kita

[1395] SL: kita bagi diri kita / i sound serious when i speak in malay / okay /

macam committee / we ourself / kita yang guna duit kita

[1396] ZN: that’s

why / that’s why / i tak kisah using my money / that’s why i’m

asking / kalau orang tak buat kita bagi on our behalf lah

[1397] FZ: kalau macam tu / bagus kita bagi / kita sendiri yang prepare / for

the kids

[1398] SM: kita beli dah siap siap

[1399] ZN: kita beli siap siap so bila

[1400] SM:

kacang (xxx) yang kecik tu kita bagi seorang satu

[1401] ZN: alaa::: mana kanak kanak makan kacang

[1402] WW: make it compulsory for the students lah untuk buat

[1403] FZ: tapi takda

merit demerit lah

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

Page 57: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

241

[1404] WW: okay / then / kita kena tengok apa dia bagi pada students

[1405] SL: oloh /

tak de pasal lah pulak nak check check nya

[1406] ZN: tak payah check lah

[1407] FZ: terlalu abstract

[1408] SM: tapi kalau kita buat

compulsory / takde markah nak tolak menolak / tak payah lah tolak

menolak?

[1409] SL: you want to make it compulsory ke? budak budak kecik

[1410] ZN:

contohla / contoh

[1411] SL: tak / tak kita ni / kita ni tak lah beriya ia / kita beli coklat kecil

kecil ini / from us / okay cikgu / saya nak bagi / kita nak bagi tin

sekut sekotok

[1412] FZ: tu ada dah tu <bagi je la sekotok>

@ <laughs>

[1413] WW: alah / budak budak kurang suka

[1414] ZN: i was thinking / <i nak pergi beli kalau tak>

@ <laughs>

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[1415] WW: alah / <you terlebih budak ni> / <normally you beli kat mana?>

@ <looks at SM>

@ <looks at ZN>

[1416] ZN: normally i pergi dekat kedai cina hok macam kedai runcit yang dia

ada semua benda tu

[1417] WW: ah yes / semua suka yang borong tu

[1418] ZN: i suka / i suka beli (xxx)

[1419] SL: (<beli mashmallow ke?>)

@ <looks at MM>

@ (all laugh and look at MM)

[1420] SM: ni coklat nombor lapan tu

[1421] WW: tu zaman bila coklat tu?

[1422] SM: eh yang lama kita kena buat balik / at least kenal / (coklat ke ni?)

@ (FZ, ZN and WW laugh)

[1423] ZN: (<comel::: comel:::>)

@ <laughs>

@ (FZ and WW laugh)

[1424] SL: okay anything else / anything else? / er / student / student committee

tu / er / choose dari sini lah choose / and we will inform them

immediately / em

[1425] SM: satu lagi / yang merit tu adakah kita perlu

beritahu / kita bagitahu jumlah mata di akhir sekali

[1426] SL: di akhir sekali

[1427] SM: takut macam nie / kumpulan satu balance you have only five

hundred

[1428] SL: ape kata kita kumpul akhir / (<baru kita kira>)

@ <laughs>

Page 58: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

242

@ (all laugh)

[1429] SM: itu pun / boleh takda masalah

[1430] FZ: kak SL for their group tu / they have to leader kan?

[1431] SL: yap

[1432] FZ: so the leader tu masuk dalam committee ke tak

[1433] MM: masukkan je lah

[1434] SL: em / senang / oh yeah / you need / you need student to help / to

assist you the trip / yang outdoor tu / yang pergi dekat nie::: /

syahbandar tu

[1435] MM: waterfront

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[1436] WW: no kadang kadang / i tengok junior lebih bagus daripada senior

[1437] SM: kita guna orang dalam ni je lah / usherers kita pakai orang

[1438] WW: guna

dalam tu je

[1439] SM: dalam peserta tu peserta lah

[1440] SL: i / i / i

[1441] SM: just to assist kan

[1442] SL: i tunggu grouping yang ES

buat lah

[1443] FZ: untuk check / meaning of / ada tak orang cukup ke tak sebab /

tempat tempat (…) bahaya jugak

[1444] SL: so i really / <excluding you lah> / one two three four

ni / i minta sangat sangat the synopsis to be ready / to be submitted

to me / email je / i will print everything myself / okay / to be put in a

file

@ <points to MM>

[1445] SM: bile / tutup tarikhnya?

[1446] SL: sabtu / dua puluh tiga:::

[1447] SM: asal sabtu / hari ahad lah

[1448] MM: <tahu lah nak balik kampong>

@ <looks at SM>

[1449] SM: rumah i takda kemudahan internet / ada internet explorer je dekat

laptop

[1450] FZ: wat hari ni je lalu

[1451] WW: tahu / wat hari ni je lalu

[1452] FZ: tahu::: / oloh

[1453] ZN: i pun nak balik tambah sikit je

[1454] SL: assessment tu / assessment / em ada contoh eh / <contoh contoh /

assessment>

@ <stands and takes FZ’s paper>

[1455] FZ: assesment / takdok

[1456] SL: tak pelah / buat bentuk macam gini / <buat bentuk macam gini>

/ spell out / berapa berapa criteria and then make sure ada nama faci

/ lepastu cap mohon besar lah / thank you ladies and gentle men / i

appreciate for your commitment / may allah bless you / so / nothing

Page 59: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

243

eh / thank you thank you thank you thank you / especially for ali / er

/ aa / okay (let’s recite)

@ <stands and shows a paper to all>

@ (all recite prayer)

[1457] SL: amin

END OF TRANSCRIPTION

APPENDIX C

Page 60: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

244

2. TRANSCRIPTION OF MEETING 2

This meeting involves junior and senior lecturers. In this meeting, NZ is the chairperson

and he is a senior lecturer. Other senior lecturers in this meeting are TP, ES, AR, ML, HM,

AK, AN, TK, RR, KM and JN. The junior lecturers are FZ, MM, AL, DB, MS, ZN, SM

and SS.

[1] NZ: thank you for coming to our / coordination meeting / okay today we

are going to discuss / abi 1234 / we hope by having this kind of

meeting we’re going to have standardised / marking / based on

marking / so we are going to do / one by one / part by part / please

ask questions okay / we would like to have for clearer understanding

on how to mark ubi1022 / so please give attention that we can see /

er / the level of / answer / given by your students / so / without

further (xxx) / i would like to pass / this meeting to / the committee

puan mastura and also the rest (…) okay / so for your information

we are being recorded / by miss nor azikin / because she’s doing / er

/ her masters in humour in meeting / so make sure you (create a lot

of humour) / okay / up to you MM / <so we don’t have to wait>

@ (all laugh)

@ <looks at AR>

[2] AR: so assalamualaikum / okay let us start with the first question / which

is one the / the report writing / okay for the findings i’m sure that we

don’t have much problem with this / this question / er because / they

just write whatever that / the data we have there / er / the thing here

is that / er / for the content / one / one / one mark for the content and

/ one mark for the / language

[3] NZ: language / so if they have one

content one mark / okay / when it comes to language / one mark / if

the grammar is so poor / no mark for the grammar

[4] MM: so / minus 0.5 or zero? /

[5] AR: er / for this one er / i think / if it is very serious then / one mark for

the / er / we can deduct one mark for the grammar / if it is not very

serious then one mark will be given /

[6] NZ: so / same goes to conclusion and recommendation / if the content is

Page 61: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

245

understandable / give them one mark / if glaring errors / no marks

for language / yeah /

[7] AL: erm / since the conclusion the marks all four right / so the content

will be around three / for the content or the language one / or how is

it? /

[8] NZ: conclusion?

[9] AL: for conclusion

[10] AR: the conclusion

[11] NZ: two two or three one (…)

[12] AR: <two two or three one?> / yeah three one

@ <looks at MM)>

[13] MM: three one

[14] NZ: so three one

[15] AR: the marks is higher for the conclusion / because of / the way how to

write the letter / the conclusion / so more on the content / yeah the

same thing with the recommendation

[16] NZ: so three one

[17] AR: three one for the conclusion

[18] ML: excuse me

[19] AR: yes

[20] ML: i have one question here / erm / you said three for the content / and

one for the / err / language / i think this is proficiency class / i think

you should put / two two / then at least / er / at least / er you can see

their language there / because this is proficiency class / this is not er

/ er / a content- based / a content- based ni /

[21] NZ: it’s up to the committee to decide / in this meeting / two two or three

one?

[22] AR: yeah i think / that’s a / that’s better / that’s a good idea / make it two

two /

[23] NZ: two two

[24] HM: before that / er / before that i have another problem / er /

okay we have findings / so if / okay the findings we have three

findings / we have / three conclusions / and we have two

recommendation right / three recommend / two recommendation / so

/ do we want the findings the conclusions and the recommendation

to be / i mean the one which is / er /one which is one which is

coordinated / because okay this is the findings / they can give any

conclusions which is also acceptable but not based on the findings

which was written / er earlier / similar to the recommendation / so

are we going to take that into consideration / or are we / since it is

conclusion so / marks can be given / since it is recommendation /

Page 62: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

246

marks should be given / because when we teach / er / i mean / er /

report writing okay/ because the conclusion the / conclusion should

be based on findings / and the recommendation should be based

on

[25] NZ: you mean that / in the finding one / mean conclusion one?

[26] HM: yeah that is what i want to know right / so is it at large / just any at

the conclusion / or should the conclusion / be related to the

findings?

[27] ML: doesn’t mean findings like / er / findings one you have

to conclude / give conclusion / give conclusion one? / so so it can /

you can blanket the whole finding / and then give three conclusions

/ you know / so

[28] HM: so i think we need to decide on that / because

if not then / we will accept any / any conclusion

[29] AR: but but but / the thing here is / in here in the instruction / the thing

here we didn’t say in the instruction it is interrelated right?

[30] HM: yeah we didn’t say it’s interrelated

[31] AR: so i think we can accept any conclusion

[32] MM: maybe next semester that we’re trying to (…)

[33] AR: that’s why it is based on this table /

[34] NZ: it’s not specific / finding one- one / conclusion two-two /

recommendation / we have three mark there / recommendation we

have three marks / so two one / two for content / one for grammar /

content means if it is understandable / we accept / their idea

[35] ML: but if it is / it is wrongly written / is it okay? / minus that one only?

[36] NZ: minus that one only / for the grammar or language / okay any

questions / any suggestions? / for part one? / okay no? / we go to

part two / is it okay?

[37] MS: er / one more thing / er / about the language / or

/ what kind of / er / how you consider serious as serious errors?

[38] AR: something that you have to / er / you have to / the /

[39] MS: is is / serious error is the / er / the mistake consider serious when / it

hampered our reading? / or / is the wrongly used of / em / tenses also

is considered serious? / how / how serious it is / considered as

serious?

[40] DB: we just consider the amount of mistake that they did

[41] AK: i guess you can / you can refer to the / language band descriptors

here right? / okay wait /

[42] ML: but this one is (…)

[43] AK: yeah but you can always refer to that right? / can you? / for the

language? /

[44] ML: but the marks awarded there is for the second part

Page 63: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

247

[45] MS: can we / can we decide / er / serious errors means / we can’t actually

understand / even / maybe / we can just understand two or three

words / that are given to us / that is considered as serious or / you

know can we decide on / or / one decision / which / er / we know

that this is serious mistakes /

[46] AZ: it it / it is serious when / the language structure is / upside down /

you know / there are a lot of / er / spelling mistakes / grammatical

mistakes / tenses /

[47] HM: i agreed with puan AK that we have to use with this / i mean / we

have to make judgment based on language band given / here /

because if we are talking about words that you cannot understand /

so we are talking about vocabulary also so that everybody also / er /

because since this is something structured like this / the structure can

also taken into consideration okay / should it be in the passive /

should it be in the / active / so::: i think / hmm / it is there is no clear

cut we cannot say okay / that is / okay / three words is serious / two

words mistakes / one / er less serious / so / i think we use to / to / to

go / to use this band as / our indicator

[48] ML: but / but if you want to use this band / you have to change the marks

there

[49] HM: yeah / ha itulah / maksudnya macam ni

[50] ML: kalau you have

to kan / haa how would / how would you put for the achievement?

[51] ES:

seriously i don’t think you need a band when you are actually

allocate for only one mark

[52] HM: yes

[53] ML: yes / to me you don’t

need really need a band there

[54] ES: for / for / for language right?

[55] HM:

what / what i mean is that / to know whether serious or not we

cannot count the number of words

[56] ML: yes

[57] ES: and also the other

thing is / some / some mistakes / are repetitive you know / the same /

same you know / if we can count the number of mistakes that is it

can be misleading / because it may be the same of mistake /

throughout / so / so may be / counting the number of mistakes

[58] ML: probably if we used the band as the guide only in awarding the /

the / the marks let’s say two marks for example for the conclusion

part / we have two marks for the language / okay let’s say this is an

Page 64: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

248

excellent one we give two right? / but if it is just under / where / we

we have / only put achievement this one / here we have three right?

so probably from this two

[59] ES: cause in any band you must have at

least three you know

[60] ML: yes

[61] ES: the group the excellent one / the

average / and the

[62] AK: three

[63] ES: at least three right? / you know /

two marks is difficult

[64] HM: tapi kena fikir macam tu la / jangan cari words / cari words susah /

[65] AK: overall

[66] ML: you have to just play around like / half / one / one

and a half / two / something like that / but but you / based / you

based the thing / the band as the guide

[67] HM: kalau nak kata our

impression / susah nak kata sebab benda gitu very highly subjective

/ tapi tak boleh nak pergi banyak mark di situ / so varies / mungkin

kalau one satu dua kesilapan tu mungkin lah potong separuh / dalam

satu / tak potong langsung its just not right jugak

[68] ML: and if you don’t understand at all then give zero

[69] HM: hmm / normal

[70] ES: i guess what you can do / if you want / if you want the descriptor

you must include the content as well you know / general descriptor

so you know / you shouldn’t separate the content from language / or

language from content so that descriptor covers / both the content

and the language / you know / and then it will be you know / you

know / it will be you know / it will be you know / holistic approach

right? / but it can cover both / holistic / approach rather than

analytic right / you know / which of course we have other details

(…)

[71] HM: <are we going to correct this after this / the paper?>

@ <looks at NZ>

[72] NZ: no

[73] HM: no? / i think if we okay for example if we take number one okay

look at one sample / then okay / what kind of mark we can give / i

think more appropriate /

[74] ES: but seriously my opinion / you know when we allocate for only one

mark you know / i mean we don’t have to be to / too highly holistic

right / (…) / okay we know right if not (…) there are serious / er /

what flaws in the language then of course it will impede the what /

Page 65: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

249

the our understanding of the / answer / you know if there is major

error / serious right / serious so you know if minor we have to we

have to decide or not / whether half a mark you know / something

like / that just deducted /

[75] TP: the award (…) the grammar will be very / very difficult

[76] ES: yes of course right /

[77] NZ: clear? / this is part one / we’re going to part two

[78] AR: okay for part two / which is on writing procedure / okay this one as

you can see on the marking scheme / contents / there are six for the

contents / and / five marks for the / language / so for the language /

here / em

[79] NZ: title means they just copied down the same title / yeah i think

many students they / they didn’t write the title / because it’s already

there / chapter two they don’t have to write the title

[80] AL: and the objective as well

[81] NZ: because here we are / writing the procedure and method section /

chapter two / and chapter two we don’t teach them to write title and

objective i think / supposed to be in chapter one / okay

[82] ML: i think that / they follow the old / er / module last time / whereby

they have the title and objective / title is there is just to guide how

they would go about writing this procedure so / we don’t really

need the title there / because title is given here to guide the students

how to write the procedure / and / erm / in fact i think the objective

there is to guide / the students how to write / how to write the

procedure also / because the objective is in chapter one / because if

you see the procedure here is in chapter three / is to guide / if they

don’t put objective / how would you know you want to do what? /

and if they don’t even put the title pun / you wouldn’t know what

they want / so it’s just given there just to guide /

[83] AL: are we going to take title and objective into / we want to give them

mark as well? / because as what dr. ML said / yes it is to given here

just to guide us / but i mean

[84] NZ: they have to rewrite

[85] AL: so they

have to rewrite? / is it?

[86] NZ: so by rewriting we give them mark / i don’t think so

[87] AL: i don’t

think that

[88] HM: because we’re asking them to write the procedure / as you said the

procedure does not include the / okay if they write they write / no

problem but i think for penalising for not writing

Page 66: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

250

[89] ML: no marks

should be given there

[90] HM: and giving mark for writing is also not

right / because that’s is not what we looking for in the procedure

[91] NZ: i’m very confident a lot of students didn’t write the title objective /

so they will lose two marks / oh my god

[92] TP: title / should not be in the / in the procedure / but then objective in a

way / they can say okay / you know in a way

[93] NZ: indirectly

[94] TP: yeah

indirectly in the introduction / then can say something you know /

examining effectiveness / but then penalising for not writing the

title / should not be

[95] ML: yeah the students can write something like / in examining the

effectiveness of group work in producing this / this project

[96] NZ:

indirectly

[97] ML: this project report / this study conduct an interview ke

/ questionnaire ke / title not / the objective / indirectly

[98] NZ: so they have to mention / remention the title

[99] ML: title not

[100] TP: not really the title / the objective

[101] ML: the objective / indirectly they

can

[102] NZ: so they have to re-mention the objective?

[103] HM: <now we’re talking about they want to give mark or deduct mark>

@ <looks at ML>

[104] ML: oh okay / we don’t have to give mark actually

[105] TK: excuse me / my impression is that / if we want to talk about the

genuine research / objective is put on the other part per say / this

objective / so i would say / to be fair to all students / so / our / er /

intention of asking making procedure is with three things the types

of questions / sample and data analysis / er / i have suggestion / we

remove the mark for the tittle and objective we go down make it

sample / instead of one we make it two / data analysis from one we

make it two so / so i believe / i believe that such things like objective

is put separately per say / and after all it is mention here / it is not

fair there / it’s not worth giving mark for that one / er / so i suggest

that one

[106] NZ: just delete title and objective

[107] ML: i would / i would suggest something like this / data collection

Page 67: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

251

method probably we could put three / sample two because they have

to elaborate on the sample / how many samples and then who are the

samples / data analysis dia kata percentage sahaja / one sentence

should be alright already

[108] NZ: okay so data collection method / should become three

[109] ML: to me lah

[110] NZ:

yeah yeah sample become two

[111] ML: sample two

[112] NZ: so data analysis one

[113] ML: yes

[114] NZ: okay that’s good that’s good / so when it comes to language / we

have to follow the band /

[115] AR: i think / there is no problem to follow the band here / for the

language right (…) /

[116] NZ: so for language five marks / we have to closely follow / the bands

given okay / okay is it okay?

[117] ES: okay

[118] NZ: okay so we go on to memo / memo writing / memo writing is clear

cut there / any possible answers? / other than the answers given here

/ er / number one to number fifteen / please look at the / the / cloze

passages / the cloze passage / any possible answer?

[119] MM: tenses

[120] NZ: okay okay / oh tenses / any possible tenses? / section b memo /

please look at number one to fifteen /

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[121] ES: okay number ten / er / i don’t know whether / can / can the answer

be in plural form as well? / for one decision only? / the decision er /

maybe one specific decision / could be i’ve been gone through right

/ so / i don’t know right / whether / the plural form is also acceptable

/

[122] AK: which one? / number ten?

[123] ES: no no i’m looking at this

[124] AK: memo

[125] ES: memo right / so to explain

decision / to explain decisions

[126] AR: both can be accepted here

[127] NZ: number ten / <s or no s?> / okay anymore? /

@ <looks at AR>

[128] ML: are we accepting that number ten / decision or decisions? / or also

both

Page 68: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

252

[129] AR: both

[130] MM: both

[131] AR: so i think that’s all for number / for section b

[132] AL: for number nine right / announcement / if they missed one n / can

we consider it as zero?

[133] ES: okay so basically spelling error

[134] ML: spelling error

[135] ES: spelling error what do we give zero or we deduct mark /i don’t know

[136] AK: zero

[137] MM: zero I guess

[138] AR: i don’t know

[139] MM: 0.5

[140] TK: knowing that this is degree student / i / i / i’m not that very / what do

we call / severe / but i think we need to punish them zero / why? /

because this is single word / okay / because this is single word very

simple one / they have to know

[141] AL: and like communication as well / with (one m)

@ (all agree to give zero)

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[142] SS: i have a question / one of my student give me like two answers the

of the blanks / two answers / what should i do? / give them zero?

[143] ML: they cannot decide

[144] AK: one is correct the other one is wrong

[145] ES: where did the other answer come from? / i mean / from the same

from the same / it’s from the same root word right?

[146] SS: from same root word

[147] ES: but the come from the same version right? / so just give (zero)

@ (all agree to give zero)

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[148] AK: eventhough one is right / <uncertainty> / yeah / zero

@ <laughs>

[149] NZ: okay done section b / we go on to the section c / job application

letter

[150] AR: for job application letter / okay where they have to write sentences /

okay so / this one we will get many answers / but as long as the

answers / is relevant to / that part of the letter / i think the answer is

accepted / the marks here is four marks / that’s mean two for content

/ and two for language / but you have to read / you have to read and

make sure that / the / the / message given / in the sentence is correct

/ then it can be accepted /

Page 69: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

253

[151] ES: erm / one sentence only / is it?

[152] NZ: <is it one sentence enough?>

@ <looks at AR>

[153] AR: one sentence is enough

[154] ES: one sentence is enough right?

[155] AR: yes / one sentence is enough / but if they write more than one

sentence it’s accepted / for part one c /

[156] ES: so maybe right / so maybe in the future / in the instruction right / we

can made the instruction clear right / so for each blank you know

[157] AK: or write only one sentence / (…) or two sentences right / (xxx) it

was stated there right / so we have because i don’t think (…)

[158] AR: but

i think we should give them freedom to write only one sentence or /

more than one sentence / because / because if they need more than

one sentence there / that’s enough / but if they want to explain more

/ then they need more than one sentence /

[159] MM: <(…) sign> /

@ <talks to JN>

[160] NZ: (…) signature / (bonus mark?)

@ (MM laughs)

[161] MM: takde la / no lah

[162] NZ: no / no mark for the signature

[163] TK: er / excuse me / can we reconsider the awarding of the marks / er /

content is two / i believe / and then deduct maximum two marks for

the grammatical mistake / isn’t it too much ? / meaning deduction

two marks out of four / it’s just reconsider / yeah section c

[164] ES: <this one?>

@ <looks at TK>

[165] TK: yeah / still section c / let’s say they made one sentence / supposedly

if the perfect sentence they should awarded with four marks but with

one slightly mistake / one mistake / or one word let’s say / will you /

or shall we deduct two marks?

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[166] ML: no no / that one is maximum

[167] TK: so it means two marks deduction / if the glaring ones? / so it means

maximum two marks? /

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[168] AK: as long as you are able to understand the content then you award

four / four a

Page 70: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

254

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[169] ML: <AK / i think / not as long you understand the content / you

understand the content but if the grammar is wrong>

@ <looks at AK>

[170] AK: and then

you have to deduct

[171] ML: you still have to deduct

[172] AK: okay / award two marks for the content?

[173] ML: award two marks for the content but you have to see the grammar /

so if they have one or two errors there / so you have to minus from

that two mark

[174] AK: either one or two for the language

[175] ES: so meaning that if the content is relevant but there are minor error

so maybe three and half right / instead of four

[176] ML: yeah / something like three and half / three / you know

[177] ES: so you know

[178] AR: okay i would like write / i would like to read a sentence here / for

number three / the student’s answer / i was active in sport both and

school and university / and the student write here / i good in tennis /

at

[179] ML: why why don’t we write there? / kita nampak sikit / i just

cannot / it just can’t go into my (head) / full of (water)

@ (all laugh)

[180] AL: oh (<that’s humour there>)

@ <looks at ML>

@ (NZ writes the sentence on the white board and other

participants talk)

[181] NZ: okay shall we?

[182] AR: okay i good in tennis / at the school i represented my school in

tournaments / and also good in rugby and sports it good to my

healthy / as we can see a few mistakes here

[183] AK: a few (mistakes?)

@ (all laugh)

[184] ML: there is a <lot>

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[185] AR: <yeah lots of mistakes> / okay so / i’m sure that she got two marks

for the content right / but what about the language?

@ <AR circles the mistakes within the sentence>

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

Page 71: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

255

[186] AN: can you award half marks?

[187] AR: half marks?

[188] AN: can you award half marks? / if you award half marks i think you

could get something for the correct grammar if you / if you give zero

for grammar / i mean some of this is correct / so if you want to give

one out of two / i’m okay / but it’s half a mark / i’m okay

[189] NZ: half or one i think

[190] ES: i would give one

[191] AN: (…) (something positive)

@ (NZ walks towards the whiteboard)

[192] NZ: because / because we need to highlight tenses here / yeah / article /

so i think one mark

[193] AR: i think one mark / i don’t know

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[194] NZ: er / please look at any examples that we can discuss in the script /

any other examples?

[195] FZ: how about this one? / i was active in sport both in school and

university / then the answer / i also active in club and social / while

in university i am a mpp / and i also a leader of a physical club

[196] NZ: always like this / always like this

[197] FZ: but then it’s not / it’s not

[198] NZ: relevant

[199] FZ: relevant / it’s not about

sport

[200] NZ: oh / zero ah for the content

[201] ML: content not relevant / so should we give for the language because

it is not related / the whole thing is not related

[202] AK: okay let’s listen it once again

[203] FZ: i also active in club and social / while in university i am a mpp and i

also a leader of a physical club / leader

[204] AN: i think / no it’s relevant because the introductory line i was active

in sports both in school and university / and then i’m going about to

talk about other things / it’s okay / (i’m talking about myself)

@ (AR points to FZ and nods)

[205] AR: i also

[206] AK: i also / yes / yes

[207] FZ: although it’s relevant ke?

[208] AK: you young ones / give zero (…)

[209] FZ: senang marking

[210] ES: easier right? / (easier) / faster

@ (all laugh)

Page 72: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

256

[211] ML: so meaning / meaning besides sport they can also talk about other

[212] AK:

also / i was also / involve in / its related

[213] FZ: (…) talk about the sport / the tennis and the rugby / for me it’s not

relevant at all / for me lah / i don’t know

[214] MS: i think as long as

[215] AL: at first sports / and then in the middle of things /

and then continue (…)

[216] ML: with sports / they want to talk about the sports

[217] MM: school and university

[218] ML: it’s regarding sport

[219] FZ: but this one is regarding sports right?

[220] MS: excuse me

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[221] MS: what can i see here is / what i can see here is / er / it is related / any

activities that related err to the school activities i think we should

actually consider it as / correct

[222] ML: not

[223] MS: because if you look at

the next line at the university / that means / so we can assume that

before that / it can be any activity in school / because after that it

explains about the university

[224] ES: can / can we write it (working

experience?) / (xxx) because in sports it can’t stop from gaining

some working experience

@ (all disagree and laugh)

[225] AN: that’s not about working

[226] ES: so we’re are doing number? / ((…))

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[227] AL: so what is decision line?

[228] HM: i don’t know for number three / i would think that / they should be

discussing about sports

[229] ML: yeah

[230] HM: because they say/ because we say they want / that because / after

that line / at the university i was the president of tennis club and

chess this / i think / so if you were talking about something else /

here / it would be something not relevant / sebab very direct ni i was

active in sport /

[231] ML: this / this paragraph focus on sport

[232] ES (…) sport association

Page 73: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

257

[233] NZ:

something to do with sport

[234] ML: yeah / something to do with sport

[235] ES:

not necessary you know / activity

[236] NZ: in sports / blank and sport

[237] DB: i have this like / my students answer / er / the benefit of it like / i

was active like bla bla bla / my involvement in that activity has /

taught me on how to communicate with others / and interpersonal

skills which can be used when i become instructor / when i become

an instructor in college

[238] AN: i think that sounds good

[239] DB: sounds good / (…) because people (xxx) need to mention to sports

sports sports and need to include

[240] NZ: but it’s related to sport / advanced student

[241] DB: yeah <i know>

@ <laughs>

[242] AR: okay what / what i think / when related to you question just know / i

think it’s not the perfect letter if she write something like that / but i

think we still can / award one mark for the content maybe / cause it

still can be accepted / not for a very good letter

[243] AN: my student here / talks about their school / not the university

[244] ML: yeah

the school is okay

[245] AN: yeah but they’re not talking about sports cause they were talking

about school first / so it’s like

[246] ML: sports in school?

[247] AN: i was active in sport both in school and in the university / in my

school i was selected as the head prefect in my final year / i was also

the president of the girl’s guide association

[248] ML: not relevant

[249] AN: but in the university i was the president of the tennis bla bla bla / i

think it’s perfect

[250] ML: no:::

[251] AN: because it’s school / and then it’s university / it talks about the

experience

[252] ML: (…)

[253] TP: but it’s not sports / because prefect / <prefect> / (…) / half a mark /

@ <shakes head>

[254] AN: <kesian?>

@ <looks at TP>

[255] TP: yeah (<kesian>) / yeah half / half

Page 74: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

258

@ <laughs>

@ (all laugh)

[256] ML: for writing

[257] NZ: (yeah)

@ (all laugh)

[258] AN: two marks? / half a mark for the content / and then four marks the

grammar?

[259] ML: no / half mark for the whole

[260] AN: for the whole thing?

[261] ML: yeah

[262] AN: but if the grammar is perfect?

[263] ML: but the answer is not related

[264] AN: but the grammar is the grammar

[265] ML: no::: / it has to be related

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[266] TP: er have you been to school? / (i went to the clinic / and everything

was perfect but then)

@ (all laugh)

[267] AN: i i / i think it’s / i was active in sport both in school and university /

and they are talking about the activity in school and university

[268] TP: <excuse me AN / can you please read it again?>

@ <looks at AN>

[269] AN: <erm from the (beginning?>) / i was active in sports both in my

school and university / in my school i was selected as the head

prefect in my final year / i was also the president of the girl’s guide

association / at the university i was the president of the / for the of

tennis club

@ <looks at TP>

@ (TP nods)

[270] TP: that one is (…)

[271] AN: i think overall its sounds very good / logical / er

[272] ES: coherent

[273] AN:

coherent / answer / and again we’re talking about in exam / not er / a

letter word they will have the first draft / second draft given to their

friend / and then i think / i think to me if i were to read that they

were talking about the activities / i don’t think it has be restricted to

/ sports / one hundred percent to the exclusionary of everything else

[274] TP: meaning that you know / i was active in sport / meaning that you do

not have to elaborate on sports / right if

[275] AN: it would be good / it would be good but when i read this / it seems

Page 75: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

259

very logical / it seems / i don’t see anything / shark / glaring and

mistake there / i don’t see it / because i think what we want in this

paragraph is talk about your experience / er / both in school and

university / if / if / if an answer / another answer for example / talks

about only university some people might argue well that has to be

zero because it says to be school and university / and university has

already given / so this has to be school if you want to be really picky

/ but but i think / i think it’s a good / it’s a good answer for an exam

/ grammatically correct and it makes sense to me

[276] HM: well i think / we have to look at if if we look at this one okay / that

is the topic sentence / the topic sentence is talking about sports at

university at schools and university / so i think the rest will follow

the topic sentence / if that then (…)

[277] AK: making sense yes

[278] HM: making

sense yes / but the topic sentence is there

[279] MS: unless the student

says i was active both in school and university

[280] HM: yeah but if the

topic sentence says i was active both in school and universities / i

accept that one / but here i was active in sports / specific

[281] ES: but anyway / AN give good points you know / there’s something

about the university right / (…) but at school / so must it stated as

well since / if if the the missing part right / its only written you

know / there’s no mention of

[282] AN: if you write about the university

then the answer should be wrong / because the university content is

already there / so it must be about school only

[283] HM: if you don’t mention about the university / yes i accept but / but

the girl has to mention the sport in

[284] ES: school

[285] HM: = school only / school only because the university already given

[286] ES: (…) school or university but the school has to be there right?

[287] HM: yes the school has to there

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[288] NZ: how about the signature? / no signature / blank / for there

[289] ES: it’s dotted line / it’s not a blank lah / no need right?

[290] ML: signature should be given by the / committee / somebody should

have signed the letter / because no marks is given there /

[291] AR: yeah there’s no number

[292] HM: kalau dia bubuh pun <kita tengok saje lah>

Page 76: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

260

@ <laughs>

[293] AR: okay and for part two / interview / okay for question number one /

your letter doesn’t say anything about your language ability / what

language are you competent in? / okay / the question says here / it

doesn’t say anything about the language ability / so okay / even

though this part of this question should be based on the letter / but

since the letter doesn’t mention anything about the language / so

they can answer anything / they maybe the answer they are good in

malay / arabic / or / thai (…)

[294] HM: this one the answer would be very open

[295] AR: very open

[296] NZ: three plus two / three content / two grammar

[297] HM: three two

[298] AR: three contents / two grammar

[299] NZ: three contents / two marks for grammar

[300] AR: okay for question number two / for the teaching experience / please

answer / because it is mentioned in the letter that / the the / the

candidate has the teaching experience / yeah / so it must be relevant

to that / to that letter / in private school as a physical in education

instructor /

[301] TP: if they write something else?

[302] AR: well / if they write something else / not the the physical instructor / i

think that’s not that’s not the answer /

[303] AL: <what question?>

@ <looks at AR>

[304] AR: question number two / question three / are you interested in being

awarded at a college / this one also open / it’s also / open whether

they are interested or not

[305] NZ: yes or no

[306] AR: yes or no / yes / no problem

[307] MM: if i don’t know?

[308] AR: if i don’t know okay

[309] HM: you have to them give (zero)

@ (all laugh)

[310] AR: but have to explain why okay / if they answer yes / no / or i don’t

know / <what’s the mark?>

@ <smiles>

[311] SS: half half

[312] HM: zero lah / zero / it’s not relevant

[313] ES: if they answer (please repeat?)

@ (all laugh)

[314] HM: that is the answer / that is question

Page 77: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

261

[315] ES: so definitely zero right?

[316] TP: (i’m sorry i don’t understand the question)

@ (all laugh)

[317] HM: (i beg your pardon)

@ (all laugh)

[318] NZ: that is real situation during the interview

[319] HM: dia tanya / (ha?)

@ (all laugh)

[320] AR: question number four is the same like number three / they can

answer yes / or no / or i’m not sure / but the answer must come with

the elaboration /

[321] AK: do you plan to further study in the future? / no / still / you need to

elaborate

[322] HM: betul dah dia jawab / what to elaborate when we answer no?

[323] DB: it’s like yes or no, that’s all?

[324] HM: no need elaboration

[325] SS: half mark

[326] HM: wi gok half mark? / no

[327] AK: half marks for saying no?

[328] HM: no

[329] AK: for saying yes only?

[330] HM: zero

[331] AL: (zero)

@ (all laugh)

[332] AK: that is for answering you know / for answering yes you know

[333] HM: yeah

[334] AK: for answering yes

[335] MS: it shows / it shows /that the person understand

the questions

[336] ML: they respond / yes / half of mark will do

[337] ES: okay anyway / the instruction is stated please answer two to three

sentences

[338] AK: oh two or three sentences

[339] NZ: so yes or no / no marks

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[340] NZ: so it’s clear / yes or no / no marks

[341] AK: rama:::

[342] HM: rama::: betul

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[343] AR: question number five / expected salary?

Page 78: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

262

[344] NZ: expected salary

[345] AR: this is also the same / if they answer like one thousand / that is

[346] ES: full answer AR? / <full answer AR?>

@ <looks at AR>

[347] AR: yes?

@ <looks at ES>

[348] ES: full answer? / is it found in the / the /

[349] AR: it’s not found here

[350] HM: if if / the expected salary for this one

[351] DB: erm for this questions the / er / i mean / the answers include

numbers also / or they just select / i’m not so demanding i’m just

expecting salary that correspond

[352] AL: hebat your student

@ <looks at DB>

[353] DB: wow / should i be proud?

[354] HM: of the students

[355] DB: <yeah i know>

@ <laughs>

[356] NZ: so now the mention the number / the figure only

[357] HM: and now they answer the number only

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[358] NZ: okay say if the students just wrote one thousand ringgit / no marks

[359] FZ: so if the expected salary is five hundred?

[360] ML: between thousand to thousand five / between? / lebih dari one

thousand dah tu / or just one thousand / between thousand to

thousand five?

[361] AN: <that’s the answer?>

@ <looks at ML>

[362] ML: let’s say

[363] AK: you need to write two to three sentences / the instruction says

[364] ML: then (<i rest my case>)

@ <laughs>

@ (all laugh)

[365] AK: read the instructions

[366] TP: bukan senang right kertas oh

[367] ML: yeah the instructions says so

[368] DB: in the aspects of grammar is it allow for students to use short forms?

/ that means like i am / i’m

[369] NZ: yeah

[370] DB: that’s okay? / no penalised

[371] AK: except for <y-o-u> / they write u

@ <spells out the word>

[372] HM: so many students they write i / with small letter

Page 79: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

263

[373] AK: and u / u / love /

<l-u-v> / cannot::: / remember:::

@ <spells out the word>

[374] HM: yang tu okay lagi / yang dia lukis gambar hujung tu

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[375] AR: okay the last question number six / the contribution to college / i

think this also that open (xxx) so they can say anything / must be

relevant lah

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[376] NZ: number six full answers okay / okay anything to add? / anything to

suggest?

[377] TK: yes / i suggest mr. chairman you can wrap up to us to say once

again from the beginning the / (xxx) so we can jotted down or

something / some of us / er / (…)

[378] NZ: okay this is the summary of our discussion today / AR (looks at AR)

[379] AR: okay for section a report writing / we agreed that part one / one mark

for the content / and one mark for the language / and for the

conclusion / it should two marks for the content / and two marks for

language / for the recommendation / one mark for the content / and

<two marks for the language>

[380] ES: eh the other way around / two one

[381] MM: one for content (…)

[382] AR: two marks for the content and one mark for the language / and for

part two / for part two / we did agreed that / for the title and

objective / okay the students doesn’t have to write er / the tittle / but

if it’s there just ignore it / the marks for data collection method is

three marks / the sample two marks / and data analysis is one mark /

and then the language for this part is five marks / is based on

language band descriptors / section b (…) / the answers are given in

the answers sheet / only for the question number ten / two answers

can accepted here for decision or decisions / with s / section c / job

application letter / (xxx) four marks for each / and the marks here /

is / two for/ content / two for content / and two for the language /

and for interview question part two / three marks / for the content /

and two marks for the language / but the answer it should be

relevant to the /… to the /.. letter / okay i think that’s all (xxx) /

[383] NZ: okay any questions / to add before we end our meeting? / our

discussion today / it’s only one hour (looks at his watch) / it’s good /

you can use this room / you can use this room to mark your paper/

okay / i think that’s all for today / thank you very much for coming /

so we end the meeting by reciting (doa) / so thank you very much /

assalamualaikum

@ (all recite prayer)

END OF TRANSCRIPTION

Page 80: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

264

Page 81: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

265

APPENDIX D

3. TRANSCRIPTION OF MEETING 3

This meeting is participated by both junior and senior lecturers. In this meeting, ES is the

chairperson and he is a senior lecturer. Other senior lecturers include RR, RS, AN, SL, JN

and KM. The junior lecturers are ZN, FZ, MM, WW, MS, SM, SS and FR.

[1] ES: we start today meeting / okay lets us all recite / er / the umul (kitab)

okay even though it is called a meeting right / er / this is basically

a briefing right / a briefing right it’s not really a meeting / but the of

course it’s going to be two way communication / (…) it’s not all

(…) they will be also some briefing / we also be expect you to post

questions right / so whatever things er / things come up in the

meeting / hopefully we will able to err provide the answers /okay /

er / so basically i will / you know / since i’m going to give you on

briefing / i will provide some information on this language camp /

and this is the first time / you know / all of us get the chance to

meet / er to be here / the only time i guess / another one is going to

be major meeting isn’t time because the tesl camp is going to be /

<in two weeks time is it?>

@ (all recite prayer)

@ <looks at AN>

[2] AN: less than two weeks

[3] ES: less than two weeks right

[4] SL: <next week>

@ <looks at AN>

[5] ES: another week / one and a half week before we start / with the

language camp /okay so this is the an overview of the this / of this

language camp / with the sunday on eight / we start on sunday on

eight / it ends / it ends on the nineteenth / okay participants / for the

number of participants / is hundred and twenty students / comprising

diploma in tesl two and four / okay / so there will be er / eighteen

facilitators involved in this programme / okay / and okay / okay for

the group grouping there will twelve groups / twelve groups of

students / for this language camp / there will be ten female groups /

and two / two male groups / so / so number right / each group is

expected to have between nine / nine and ten members / i think most

will have ten members right / i’m not sure for the two male groups

will have ten members because they are twenty male participants /

so you know / divided into two there will be ten each / and for the

girls / okay most / will have / ten members right / except / except for

Page 82: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

266

two / two groups to will have nine members / okay / number of

activities / eighteen altogether right / okay er / fourteen / indoor here

meaning on campus / the trip also count actually / the two trips

conducted during the indoor camp / also count / okay so there is

fourteen indoor activities / and / em / in bukit kluang it will four /

four activities

[6] AN: five if you count the trip

[7] ES: yeah / i didn’t count the trip / so / so five yeah / okay em / as for

em / facilitating / okay / er / most will facilitate / between and five

and six activities / okay so there’s no distinction between you know

/ i mean there are / this time we change approach a little bit / you

know / this time we involve everybody right in the two / two camp /

unlike the previous language camp that we organised / whereby the

the / the indoor / er indoor people / only focus on indoor activities /

and the outdoor people focus on outdoor activities / but this time

okay we integrate / okay / so meaning really no / so no distinction /

between indoor and outdoor committees / so everybody will be

involved right/ in one with another / okay rationale of course / we

want to have a sense of belonging right/ so we want everybody to be

part of language camp / and also of course / sharing of

responsibilities okay / so you know / so that’s it / i don’t think

there’s any problem right / among the / among the members / among

committee members / so you will be involve / in all aspects of the

language camp / er / does anyone have any problem with this? /

<JN?>

@ <looks at JN>

[8] JN: i’m sorry for being late

[9] ES: (<ah>) / oh / didn’t answering my questions / okay no problem / JN

right will be involve eh / right from the beginning till the end / okay

anyone have anything / anything to nothing eh?

@ <smiles>

@ (all laugh)

[10] KM: okay / just / just like okay / err / this i would like to ask regarding on

off campus / so meaning all of us will be there in bukit kluang?

[11] ES: yes yes

[12] KM: including the indoor?

[13] ES: yes / the indoor people will be there / and the outdoor people will be

there too

[14] KM: yes okay right / so you mean three days?

[15] ES: er / two days one night in bukit kluang

[16] KM: two days one night?

[17] ES: yeah in in bukit kluang

[18] KM: okay so you mean / okay you mean by all day long / all / regarding

all the activities involved / that means if let’s say i’m involve in one

particular activity / then i have to attend that activity / or i need to

stay there?

[19] ES: you need to spend a night in bukit kluang

[20] KM: spend a night?

Page 83: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

267

[21] ES: everybody has to spend a night

[22] KM: okay so / so that’s it the question

[23] ES: yeah and you’re from besut right / (…) from besut

[24] KM: yeah i’m from terengganu / but the / the district is is / (<besut>)

@ <ES smiles>

@ (all laugh)

[25] ES: alright/ okay let’s move on / okay of course for every activities there

is the chief facilitator right / for the activity if possible / if needed

you know / may be the start of the activities / so the chief facilitator

may want to brief the facilitators (…) / maybe some / some / some

of the activities you know require you know / some clarification /

and things like that / you know / so it is possible for the for the chief

facilitator to / you know / to in fact look at you know / to study the

activities in advanced right / maybe straight forward there’s no need

right / for some activities possibly right / so you know/ it will be a

good idea you know for the chief facilitator have a look first right /

before he or she / conducts the activity/ and also make sure all the /

all the required material are there right / before we start activity /

and we actually keep most of the materials whatever right / a4 paper

/ mahjong paper / manila card / staplers / er marker pens / they all

will be kept / in some boxes right / in / in / in kenanga one / so most

/ most / eh except for all laptops / and / and / and you know / some

expensive gadgets right / otherwise it all be there right / so if you

need them / okay they will be there / okay / in any case you know /

our support staff will be there right / they’re on standby to assist

right / should / should you need assistance / then their / they will be

there right / okay / should be no problem / hopefully it will run

smoothly / okay and the other thing is the activity folders right / so:::

/ you know / so you know the activity folders / er / will be release to

all chief facilitators / after the opening ceremony / on the first day /

so we release / after the opening ceremony / so they will be release

to the / right they will be release to all the chief facilitator on the

first day / after / after the opening ceremony / so the chief facilitator

to the hold on / to the / to the folder / okay er / so / if / if the its a

single / if if / a single venue activity / it’s meaning only one chief

right / one head / meaning only one/ one folder will be given out /

but if the / the event is held at two venues / then that mean two / two

heads right / okay / so meaning two folders will be / given out to / to

/ to two heads / okay so what / what you expect in the activities

folders / of course eh /activities guidelines / scoring sheet / okay /

assessment or scoring sheet / the attendance sheet / ranking sheet as

well right and also / the merit /

[26] SL: = form

[27] ES: merit form / merit system / so later maybe puan SL will touch on

on the / the merit system / okay so once you done with the activity /

so we expect you to return the folder with results / of course eh /

with results / to / to me / after each activity / so basically i will be /

er / to be here right / most of the time / if i am not / if i am not able /

Page 84: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

268

to you know / for some reasons / if i’m not around and then i will

delegate it possibly / to / puan / puan SL to (xxx) task okay / okay

so we will keep inform from time to time / okay so of course we

expect you to be early to facilitate / we don’t want delay / we don’t

want the delay right / in the running of the activitiy / so we expect

you to be early (…) / to be run smoothly / start on time as well /

okay / so / you know / your regarding the order of the delivery right

/ okay which group / er start first / and things like that of course that

we leave to chief facilitator / whether you want to draw lots right /

or you know / you choose everything right / so it’s up to you right /

we leave it to the chief facilitator / okay / so results are expected to

be announced immediately after each activity / so we announced

after result

[28] AN: other any / er / special activity where we don’t announce the result?

[29] ES: er / well / er SL

[30] AN: because last year we kept secrets for some

reasons

[31] ES: er / what the coordinance?

[32] SL: i would say the trip / the lesson plan

[33] ES: yeah the lesson plan of course right

[34] SL: and then the poster / the poster the trips

[35] ES: those are the trips

[36] SL the trips

[37] AN: no announcement?

[38] SL: no

[39] ES: no announcement / but for other activities?

[40] SL: for other activities will be announced

[41] ES: right away /okay and the

other thing you know / at the end of these activities you know /

make sure the hall is tidy enough right / for the next activity right /

we try to keep this as tidy and as clean as possible / okay don’t leave

it in messy state / okay / and then the other thing is of course eh / er /

the sorting out facilitators is only permissible is only allowed in a

certain cases (xxx) / for the activities right / so we expect you to

honour right / (xxx) we don’t want you we expect you to be there /

but for some reasons other activities if you cannot make it / maybe

you have to / er / you know / maybe inform us right / okay so that

you / so we in the know right / what’s happening / okay / so

generally speaking lah expected to state / okay/ er / all / on campus

activities are to be held in block kenanga / except / explore lit / of

course eh / er / if we use two venues / then it will be kenanga one

and / kenanga five / okay kenanga one the next block / is kenanga

one the first floor / and kenanga five is on the second floor right /

(…) / so kenanga one in the middle level / so okay / you know / if

there are two / er / if there the activities are held at two venues /

meaning two pools / right two pools / pool a and pool b / so how do

we choose the / pool a and pool b you know / we don’t have to

Page 85: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

269

worry / we will decide after the ceremony / we will determine

which group goes to be pool a / and which group goes to pool / b

[42] AN: <is it permanent?>

@ <looks at ES>

[43] ES: it’s going to be permanent / it’s not going to be the same right i think

what we gonna do we decide / er we do draw lot every activities that

have pool a and pool b / otherwise we been competing / competing

against each other right / the same teams / throughout / they might

not be a good idea right / so / so / we will / i don’t think they are

many right / maybe they are / how many? / three or four? / activities

that have that have that make use of two venues / few activities right

/ so / so we will determine in advance / okay / after the opening

ceremony / and the / the students they will be notified somewhere /

so if it is single venue activity then it will be in kenanga one okay /

the final also will be / in kenanga one / okay some activities require

advanced preparation / okay so / for these activities / er / puan SL

will brief them eh / after the / so you know there will briefing right

for students right / after opening ceremony / we will brief them / we

will draw lot / to determine pool a and pool b as well right / okay /

so you don’t / so the facilitators do not have to worry okay / okay /

again eh / as i stressed before / okay before maybe you need / the

chief facilitator may need to (xxx) with the other chief facilitators

right / for some activities right / okay / explore lit / i’ve / i’ve been

told that explore lit will have trial run / next week eh / some time

next week / so who’s in charge of this programme? / <MS eh?> so

maybe afterwards this we get you to brief the members okay so

(let’s have a look at the schedule) / okay so basically this is how it is

like / this is the first day / day one / eight thirty for the opening

ceremony okay / this is first day / then briefing / i will give the

briefing

@ <looks at MS>

@ (all look at projector)

[44] SL: <can you enlarge?>

@ <points to a schedule>

[45] ES: enlarge eh? / there’s no

[46] MS: yes zoom

[47] MM: plus one

[48] ES: can we move?

[49] MS: yeah / the last one

[50] ES: oh yes / it’s not moving is it?

[51] MS: click on it

[52] ES: okay press

[53] SL: or maybe/ do you/ do you think we could make copies/ so i’ll make

copies

[54] ES: no it’s alright / it’s not the final product is it?

[55] SL: the one that i email to you?

[56] ES: yeah the one you had emailed it / this is the one you email me /

Page 86: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

270

you just have a quick look right okay / em / there’s somewhere here

we can increase the view / view is it?

[57] AN: just to the left

[58] ES: where where where? / oh yes zoom / okay so percent?

[59] MS: make it hundred

[60] ES: one?

[61] AN: one five o

[62] ES: one five o? / (okay)

@ (all laugh)

[63] AN: i was thinking (149)

@ (all laugh)

[64] ES: okay so opening ceremony / we are expected to be there / all of us

expected you know to be there all of us to be there right / for the

opening ceremony

[65] SL: may i ask question before we proceed?

[66] ES: yeah

[67] SL: <one thing this is one thing i need to ask from the team members /

erm / the students attire during the opening ceremony?>

@ <looks at ES>

[68] MM: the lecturers as well

[69] ES: the lecturers wear office attire right?

[70] SL: yeah

[71] ES: office attire for / for the lecturers right

[72] SL: what are you suggesting / i mean

[73] ES: for the students right / okay /

any suggestion? / for the students

[74] AN: what is what is the first activity? / i mean it would be

[75] SL: my team/

[76] AN: you want them to dress very formally to my team / or they’ll be in

sports attire whatever / whatever their attire is for the event in

general?

[77] SL: during my team they are going to use the white board / they need to

make a flag

[78] ES: will be messy right?

[79] AN: yes messy / so they should be dress for that activity

[80] SL: i don’t know / that’s why i’m asking

[81] AN: i think they should be dress for that activity / because there’s

opening and they are ready for the activity

[82] ES: sports attire meaning what?

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

how do you define sport attire? / t shirts / er / track bottom is it?

[83] MS: yes track bottom

[84] ES: and and sports shoes right?

[85] MS: <sport shoes>

@ <nods head>

[86] ES: but no sandals eh / no sandals / no jeans right

[87] SL: of course

Page 87: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

271

[88] ES: sport attire you haven’t spell out eh

[89] SL: because

[90] ES: <yeah yeah>

@ <looks at SL>

[91] SL: this / this book programme is going to be given to them / on that day

[92] ES:

oh <yeah yeah> / right

@ <nods head>

[93] SL: they need to be notified earlier right?

[94] ES: <yes>

@ <nods head>

[95] AN: <but we put as a reminder as well / because we have the

dress code (xxx) that we (xxx)>

@ <looks at SL>

[96] ES: okay / first activity my team / okay my team / okay so madam SL /

will head this / activity this single activity / activity two / day two

activity two / poem of fifteen okay / will be held at two venues right

/ so they are two / two heads / FR and / MM / okay / that will be in

the afternoon / okay and then / every day we have this / you know /

we will introduce this asar prayer right / okay / for / for the students

right / not for the staffs is it

[97] MM: mr. FR is going to be the imam right?

[98] FR: (insyAllah)

@ (all laugh)

[99] ES: to brief on how to on <how to do asar prayer>

@ <laughs>

[100] SL: staff / staffs are mostly welcomed

[101] ES: to brief the students on / <on the>

@ <laughs>

[102] AN: the location?

[103] ES: i think we had decided / gonna be / er

[104] SL: <i think i need to / i

need to>

@ <points to the screen projector>

[105] ES: ah / okay / and we also need tikar right?

[106] SL: yeah

[107] ES: and / sejadah / tikar right basically / so FR will be there / okay after

activity two / there will be a briefing right for the following /

following day activity right / so FR will / <what do expect them to>

/

@ <looks at SL>

[108] SL: <just a / just a gentle reminder>

@ <looks at ES>

[110] ES: gentle reminder

[111] SL: be gentle

[112] FR: <some of the activities / brief this time right / like

nasyid and>

@ <looks at SL>

Page 88: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

272

[113] ES: activities that require advanced

preparation right?

[114] SL: normally / the / er the afternoon briefing / the evening briefing / i

would consider just to remind them / on the next day / not the

following / two three days ahead / just the following / so meaning

FR will only brief on what will happen during day two / just only

that

[115] ES: on day two right / two or three / we only have two activities per

day right? / two or three

[116] SL: yeah

[117] AN: so the briefing going to be done in kenanga one before to go over to/

their block / <or after the prayers?>

@ <looks at SL>

[118] ES: before the prayers / before their prayer

[119] AN: in kenanga or here?

[120] ES: kenanga

[121] SL: kenanga

[122] AN: so just at the end of event / maybe separate / like we’re gonna do a

briefing

[123] ES: <on the prayer?>

@ <laughs>

[124] AN: on the prayer or / at the prayer hall something like that / (…) it

should be in kenanga one

[125] ES: kenanga one / maybe in bracket one you know

[126] AN: and then the

prayer separate events

[127] ES: okay / <it looks a bit confusing>

@ <points to the screen of his laptop>

[128] SL: confusing

[129] ES: here right we try to

[130] AN: <one more row>

@ <looks at SL>

[131] SL: one more row / okay

[132] ES: and in the bracket will be in kenanga one right

[133] SL: yeah / (<thank you AN>)

@ <looks at AN>

@ (AN smiles)

[134] ES: that will be (fifty ringgit)

@ (all laugh)

[135] AN: <that’s (sarcasm not humour right>)

@ <smiles>

@ (all laugh)

[136] ES: okay erm / second day right / second day we’re going to start with

explore lit / explore lit / <and MS you’re in charge right?> / okay em

/ so in the morning / where will it be maybe be? / <maybe you want

to brief the / almost everybody is involve right / in this? / so yeah /

maybe i let you / i let you>

@ <looks at MS>

Page 89: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

273

[137] MS: okay assalamualaikum everybody / er / explore lit is er / this is

explore race is quite similar with explore race / but it will be held in

uns campus / and the parameter will be / erm / (around within the

four blocks i think)

@ (SL distributes papers to the participants)

[138] ES: on the four blocks is it?

[139] MS: yes / how to play it / <first / all groups> / okay em / okay first / all

groups will start and end at the same station / which is station one /

er if you look at the map / station one is er / mawar

@ <distributes papers>

[140] ES: station one eh

[141] MS: yes

[142] ES: okay mawar

[143] MS: em / the time / the time they need to answer the first questions

will determine their next station / okay so at the first station / all the

students will be given the first task / and they have to complete the

first task / correctly / er / if everything is correct / er / then they will

be given the clue to the next station / for example if among all the

twelve groups / group one is the first group to complete / to

complete all the task correctly / then group one will be given the

clue / to the / second station / er / after that / er / for the second

group who actually completed the task / er / second place then this

group will be given the clue to the third station / that means they

will be given different stations / after they have completed the first

questions / okay and then each group will be given a set of questions

which comprises of three literally based questions / where each

questions will be given at each station / a question / er / they / the

students need to finished all the task as soon as possible in order to

be the among the first to choose bed time story books for the next

activity / er / so actually / if let’s say / er / group one comes / comes

first in the explore lit / then they will given an / an opportunity to

choose the bed time stories that they will have to present in the next

activity / okay / so basically that’s all about the explore lit / the rules

and the regulations / first every group members must participate in

this game / that means there is no turn taking / everybody has to be /

participated / have to be / have to participate / next cheating or

sharing answers between groups is not allowed / okay they will be

disqualified from the game if they are caught to do so / next they

must answer all the questions correctly / and complete all the tasks

given before / they can proceed to the next stations / they have to get

approval from the person at that respective station / so the

facilitators will be the given / er / the answers in advanced / okay /

so that they can approve / er / either the completed task is actually

correct / or there are uncorrect / em / incorrect / er / answers / the

parameter / if you look / er at the maps / station one er / me and ZN /

will be / em / in charge at this station / for station / station two /

station two eight and nine / em / after / er / i had discussed with / em

Page 90: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

274

/ ZZ / for station two / er / <FZ> / station eight / <you> / okay

station nine / er / puan JN

@ <looks at FZ>

@ <looks at ES>

[144] SL: miss

[145] MS: miss / sorry / okay and then / for the / third station / station three

and ten / er / <SS in charge at station three> / and then / er / <miss

RR> / you in charge em / at station ten / em next / for station

thirteen / er / at the carpark / FD

@ <looks at SS>

@ <looks at RR>

[146] ES: station ten is it?

[147] MS: yes / station ten / eh no / station thirteen

[148] ES: thirteen eh / car park

[149] MS: carpark

[150] ES: which one? / is behind?

[151] MS: the sheltered car park

[152] ZN: the sheltered one

[153] ES: <okay okay>

@ <nods head>

[154] MS: okay and then / cikgu RS will in charge at station five / the gazebo

[155] ES: oh yes of course

[156] RS: bus stand / bus stand

[157] AN: <who gets to the gazebo?>

@ <looks at ES>

[158] ES: <ha?>

@ <looks at AN>

[159] AN: who gets the <gazebo?> / (kesian)

@ <ES points to RS>

@ (all laugh)

[160] RS: <you can always help me>

@ <looks at AN>

[161] MS: er station seven / the study area / (FR)

@ (FR nods head)

[162] SL: sorry / eleven?

[163] MS: <station seven>

@ <looks at SL>

[164] SL: seven

[165] ES: seven

[166] MS: (study area)

@ (FR laughs)

[167] MS: FR / dabs / <sir AN>

@ <looks at AN>

[168] AN: (<air conditioning right?>) / <inside?>

@ <looks at MS and smiles>

@ (all laugh)

[169] MS: <just inside / dabs that is/ is / basically along the corridor / in dabs>

@ <looks at AN>

Page 91: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

275

[170] AN: <the front entrance / just outside> / under the sun?

@ <smiles>

[171] MS: okay station eleven / car park / er / <MM>

@ <looks at MM>

[172] MM: <baked in the sun> / (i’ll be in my car)

@ <looks at AN and smiles>

@ (SL laughs)

[173] MS: okay four / art centre

[174] FZ: station four / art centre

[175] MS: yeah unfortunately for station four and station six / em/ there

[176] AN: we

short?

[177] MS: yes / there’s no one / because er

[178] ES: <four and four / and four

and?>

@ <looks at MS>

[179] MS: four and six / one person cannot be in charge / for two stations / no

[180] ES: okay / so okay before that / my question is / the facilitators needed

to man the station right? / that’s all is it? / to man the station / so the

facilitators affiliated to any / any particular group? / <no?> / no

right / <so / so unlike the treasure hunt whereby the facilitators>

@ <looks at all the participant>

@ <looks at AN>

[181] AN:

<follow that one>

@ <looks at ES>

[182] ES: yeah follow that one / <so only to man that station>

@ <looks at MS>

[183] MS: yeah the duty of the facilitator is actually to / er / to give the student

the task / and then to approve the task

[184] ES: oh / okay

[185] MS: okay and then after all the answers corrected by the person in

charged / then he or she will give the next clue / to the next station

[186] AN: that’s the facilitator?

[187] MS: yes / that’s the duty of the facilitators

[188] AN: and then the next station is always the next station / is always the

first station where you decide where they go / if i’m in the station / if

if i’m in the group / and i’m the fifth group to answer the first

question correctly / then you send me to the station five

[189] MS: station

two

[190] AN: no if i’m the fifth

[191] MS: you / you / you the fifth group?

[192] AN: i’m the fifth group to answer the first question correctly / so you

send me straight to the station five / and then/ <and then after that/

that i go to station six seven nine one two>

@ <MS nods head>

[193] ES: <follow the order right?>

Page 92: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

276

@ <looks at MS>

[194] MS: er / er /

[195] ES: follow the order?

[196] MS: follow the order / <so the next station will be (station six>)

@ <looks at AN>

@ (AN nods head)

[197] AN: and how do we / how do we / how do we / er / we show the students

have answered the questions correctly? there’s no / there’s no /

there’s no stamp to give on one score sheet / and they have to have

the score sheet on the twelve stations to mark

[198] MS: = er / the / we don’t need to have stamp / because if let’s say they

have corrected everything / they have all / all the answers are

correct / then / they / they were just given the next clue

[199] ZN: the clue

[200] MS: the clue / the clue actually / it shows they actually completed the

task / and everything is already corrected / <by you>

@ <looks at AN>

[201] AN: so at the end you collect?

[202] MS: yes / so / at the end / at the end / er / me and <ZN> /will collect their

/ er / their / questions / er their answers that they have completed at

every station / as well as their clues

@ <looks at ZN>

[203] ES: to verify?

[204] AN: to give

them back whatever paper (…)

[205] MS: the question / will stay at the stations / the / the task

[206] ES: no before they will get to do / proceed to the next task right / is there

any (xxx)

[207] AN: I know where the last four years / can i just / er /after

an hour run to the last station hey we’re done / and / what the proof

/ what evidence is there / is there possible for the group just to /

jump ahead i know where the end the thing is / i don’t have to

show anything

[208] ZN: no / they have to show the clues

[209] MS: they have / to show the clues

[210] ZN: at the end of the day they need to have like / thirteen clues

[211] MS:

thirteen clues

[212] AN: so / so that means my job is not to just say / okay it’s correct / and

then give them i mean / <they have to keep papers / i keep

nothing?>

@ <looks at MS and ZN>

[213] ZN: no / you keep the questions lah

[214] ES: <you keep nothing / you only

handle your part>

@ <looks at AN>

[215] MS: <you only keep the questions / the

Page 93: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

277

tasks>

@ <looks at AN>

[216] AN: <so what do i give then / after i’m done?>

@ <looks at MS>

[217] ES: the clue to the

next / <is that?>

@ <looks at MS>

[218] MS: <the clue / to the next station>

@ <looks at AN>

[219] SL: the clue on the next stations

[220] MS: the clue is on papers

[221] AN: <and the clue is to find all stations?>

@ <looks at SL>

[222] MS: yes

[223] SL: <they have to keep the clues>

@ <looks at AN>

[224] AN: so all of them keep the clues? / no evidence that they have answers

(xxx)

@ <looks at SL>

[225] MS: all the answers / they have / they have/

they have to bring the answers

[226] ES: <they keep hold on / hold on to

the answers lah>

@ <looks at MS>

[227] MS: yes yes

[228] AN: <so so>

@ <looks at MS>

[229] MS: they will be given papers

[230] AN: <so they keep the clues / and keep all the answers?>

@ <looks at MS>

[231] MS: yes / yes / the questions / the clues

[232] AN: <and how do i show they answered correctly?>

@ <looks at MS>

[233] MS: <they have to show you the answers>

@ <looks at AN>

[234] AN: do i have say good? / go? / or do i have to sign something

[235] MS: you

have to check / yes yes / sign

[236] AN: so i will have to sign something to each group to say everything is

correct? / and they keep that (…)

[237] MS: <yes yes>

@ <nods head>

[238] AN: okay okay /

[239] MS: what about the station

[240] ES: so in the end / em / <someone will verify

right? / all the answers given are all correct right?>

@ <looks at MS>

[241] MS: <yes> / so what about the station six and four?

Page 94: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

278

@ <nods head>

[242] ES: yeah six and four right / so we short of man power

[243] AN: <can you

eliminate them?>

@ <looks at MS>

[244] MS: because there are / twelve / groups

[245] AN: groups

[246] MS: basically we need

[247] AN: you do throw / throw / throwing / yes we

don’t want them sitting on the top of each other but then that will

happen if few groups / that will be few groups arriving the same

time / just eliminate / or put something that doesn’t need

supervision like/ i have to go physically get something like an

amazing race like they have find these object and keep it with them

[248] MS: but then we’re

going to approve their answers?

[249] AN: no no / no answers

[250] MM: no answers

[251] AN: you find like / just find

something

[252] MM: bring something

[253] AN: yeah something / give them

some task / something physical that they need to / pick up you know

like / from a certain area / that you can score them / there they let’s

say they have to come back / to the (…) secret item / okay secret

item / so they’re spending time running or something / so you can do

two things like that at / at the art center they will go a bit far away

(there’s someone there / wherever they can answer)

@ (MS nods head and jots down on a paper)

[254] MS: so this is like / (bonus station?)

@ (ZN laughs)

[255] AN: what do we have here / in our library upstairs / we have the literature

books / all the literature books you know / you get you get twelve of

those / and they have just to pick up one literature books / they don’t

have to read it / they don’t have to answer questions / <it’s just keep

(xxx) under the race / handing all the questions and the literature

book / so / so that fills up one / one station>

@ <MS nods head and jotes down on a paper>

[256] ES: alright / and also

[257] SL: question number two / what about the biscuits

and the drinks? / which / which station we are going to give them?

[258] MS: er / er

[259] RS: gazebo

[260] MS: (before they start) / before they start / er the

activity

@ (all laugh)

[261] SL: <we gonna give them straightaway?>

@ <looks at MS>

Page 95: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

279

[262] MS: <yes>

@ <nods head>

[263] ES: before they start

[264] MS: and after that up to them / it’s up to them when they want to drink

[265] ES: is there any penalty for not being able to answer? / i mean if they

unable to answer correctly right / they cannot move on right / so is

there time limit you know

[266] MS: no / they they

[267] ES: they may stuck forever right / in station five for example right / and

that’s it right? / there’s no / i mean stuck as in stuck / not able to

move on / until they get it right / so i ask / is there away to / to an

escape / a route

[268] MS: then i guess that’s the duty of facilitators to /

keep on giving clues (so that they / can actually have the correct

answers)

@ (MM, AN and ES smile)

[269] AN: how long we gonna give?

[270] ZN: let’s say

[271] MS: only after / (the second attempt is fail)

@ (AN nods head)

[272] AN: can you give examples of / the / the activities and the clues

[273] MS: but we don’t think / is that hard / er / for example for at the first

questions / er / the students are to be asked about how many

common genres are there / is there / so they have to list three

common genres

[274] AN: but the questions / how many common genres are there?

[275] MS: how many common genre

[276] AN: how many are there?

[277] ZN: three

[278] MS: <three>

@ <nods head>

[279] AN: oh / and then (they need to list them?)

@ (ZN and MS nod heads)

[280] MS: okay

[281] AN: and they studied this in first semester?

[282] ZN: introduction to

(literature)

@ (AN nods head)

[283] AN: <semester two / semester one?>

@ <looks at ZN>

[284] ZN: er / semester two for tesl i’m not teaching / semester two

[285] SL: (<miss

JN?>)

@ <points to JN>

@ (ZN points to JN)

[286] ZN: kak JN / can you enlighten this? / semester two did they learn

introduction to literature

[287] JN: yes

Page 96: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

280

[288] ZN: yes they already done / so / obviously they can answer / they can

answer that / three common genre

[289] JN: supposedly

[290] ZN: <supposedly yes>

@ <laughs>

so

[291] RS: (if they can remember (…))

@ (ZN laughs)

[292] AN: <(…)>

@ <looks at MS>

[293] MS: er okay / let me / okay / er / at least the second one is about

identifying the types of the following poems / er / the students will

given a few types of poems / and they have to identify for example /

poetic monologue / (xxx) / lyric / narrative and allegory and then in

the next station / station three / from the extract what kind of

character do you think the protagonist is we will give them extract /

and they have to read the extract / and they have to identify what

type of character the protagonist has / eh / is / in station four /

comprehension questions based on the extract from question three so

/ they will actually bring the extract from station three / to the next

station okay

[294] AN: they bring everything with them right?

[295] MS: yes / er / and then/ in station five / list time list down three types

of common setting / geographical / historical and physical / they /

this will be given / em / this question will be given in a crosswords

puzzle / er / form / okay / so they have complete the crosswords

puzzle / and then / er / in station six / based on the poems / identify

and quote the lines that shows the setting / so they will be given a / a

poem / poem and then / and then they will have to identify the

setting / and they have to quote the lines / that shows the setting /

okay / in question seven / in station seven / they will be asked er /

about the speaker of the poem / who / and the poem / er / is my last

duchess / by robert browning / em / next in station eight / er / which

poem is dramatic monologue / so the students again will be given /

three different poems / and they will have to identify / er which

poem is actually / er / dramatic monologue / and then in station nine

/ based on literature reading (…) / no sorry / based on the extract

from a rose for emily / which is the best way to identify its (xxx) /

so er / they will be given / they will be given / er / multiple choice

questions for this / er

[296] ZN: they will be given answers la/ they just

choose one and tell us why

[297] MS: yes next station / em / they will have to be give three differences

between the third person point of view and the third person / the

third (xxx) point of view / and then in station eleven / er / as / you as

you have read the rose emily / decide each point of view / they have

to decide / either / er / either the short story is actually

[298] SS: er

Page 97: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

281

excuse me

[299] MS: yes

[300] SS: er / they might not remember all the

[301] KM: the answer is (…)

[302] SS:

sometimes we also / (…) / so can we like have / have like

[303] MS: what

do you mean they don’t remember? / because all the extracts will be

given / all the poems will be given

[304] SS: no / for the example like (…)

[305] ZN: this one is the extract / so they

have to match

[306] MS: yes / match match match / if let’s say / for the

first attempt / they got it wrong / and then the facilitator will say

number one and number two is wrong poem / so they have to change

it / until they get it correct

[307] ES: <so they have as many attempt as possible>

@ <looks at MS>

[308] MS: <yes>

@ <looks at ES>

[309] ES: until they get it right?

[310] MS: yes / but the facilitators can only give them clues after / the second

attempt

[311] AN: <number twelve / (number twelve?>)

@ <looks at MS>

@ (ES laughs)

[312] MS: okay number twelve / okay number twelve the clue / the / literary

texts you have learnt so far / what / what / how many types the

literary text they have learnt / and then we will give blank / we will

give blanks / then they have to fill the blanks / so if let’s say / they

have learnt / they have learnt

[313] JN: <what / what was the question again?>

@ <looks at MS>

[314] MS: literary texts that you have learnt so far / so if let’s say they have

learnt a rose for emily for example / so we will

[315] AN: then you got

(semester two and semester four students)

@ (MS nods head)

[316] MS: yes / yes / and then the last question / em / for last station / in your

opinion / what is literature? / you have to write your own answers in

the mahjong paper provided / each person must come out with an

answer / this is basically / er / open ended question / any / any

opinion that

[317] SL: what station is that?

[318] MS: the last one / so if let’s say in that group / in that group / there /

there are ten group of members / that means all ten of them have to

write the answers / in the / in the mahjong paper / saying / er / what

they think about / what their opinion of literature / what is literature

Page 98: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

282

[319] AN: so that’s where you decide the winning teams? / <at the last station

right?>

@ <looks at MS>

[320] MS: yes yes

[321] AN: so i would suggest you put the station thirteen / with station one /

because the station one

[322] MS: er / after they had done this / so they

will be given the next clue / to go back to the station one

[323] AN: you can (xxx) yourself (xxx) / if / if you (xxx) station thirteen to

station one / because once they done the writing / it’s finished / no

need to running anywhere / then stay in one place

[324] MS: er / one of us will be in station thirteen / and one of us will be in

station one

[325] SL: i thought FD / (FD is at thirteen / FD is at thirteen)

@ (MS looks at a paper)

[326] MS: so this is my mistake / because thirteen / er / should be me / and ZN

[327] SL: and and one is also you?

[328] MS: one? / <ah:::>

@ <nods head>

[329] SL: oh okay /

[330] AN: i would say you put the last station were the first station where it

starts and completes / in a circle so it saves man power / we short /

we short two people / cause one station one is done / there’s no

[331] MS:

no because / er / after / after / the first station is done / we still have

to wait for / er / because it will end at station one / the activity will

end at station one

[332] AN: but at station one / is / actually / there is nothing?

[333] MS: yeah after that

[334] AN: okay / yeah there’s nothing at station one just (xxx) race / so we

will bring the station thirteen the last activity / station one as the last

activity / (if we short / if we short staff)

@ (MS nods head)

[335] MS: yes

[336] ES: okay any other suggestion on::: you know / with that?

[337] MS: no no / i’m i’m a little bit confused / let’s say / let’s say they cannot

answer the questions at all / what are we going to do with that?

[338] MM: <chicken dance>

@ <laughs>

[339] SS: our suggestion / give them penalty

[340] ES: give them what?

[341] SS: so maybe half an hour the students (…)

[342] MS: then the objective / of

the activity is

[343] ES: there should be limit right / the time limit?

[344] MS: because the objective is to look at their / em / ability in literary / er

[345] SL:

to test on literary skills

Page 99: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

283

[346] MS: <yes>

@ <looks at SL>

[347] AN: what we have the other one / the ability to / pass on one event if

the group cannot get it / pass on one event but they must come back

to it before they complete

[348] MS: because if we give penalty / to / to the / the group who can’t answer

it / it will be unfair to those who / answer it correctly / and complete

the task

[349] AN: how will be unfair?

[350] MS: because the / the students who have corrected it / they take time to

do it / but then / the / the group who actually / got it wrong / they

just have to wait until / the penalty time is finished / and then they

can go to next station

[351] AN: no i think the one that we do is / you pass on the activity / you

pass on the activity let’s say activity two (…) for some reason / we

cannot cannot get it / just in case / so we say / okay we gonna pass /

okay fine you go on to the next station / but i give you know / no

paper work for this station / so you go on go on go on / but when

you want to / get to / get to er / station thirteen / you still not done /

you must go back (xxx) and try that again / you still have to do it /

but / maybe sometimes they get frustrated / you know / i think i

think / the way you have work out is / is it might sound a bit

confusing / but then you said / oh the answers is just actually the

crosswords puzzle meaning / there are things to help before /

actually it’s just matching and draw lines everything is there / so /

there might be / there might be no instance for the good ones to pass

/ but / for safety / maybe it’s something to consider / the other thing

is the time penalty / given the fifteen minutes time / okay you don’t

have to do station three if you stuck / but you got to sit for fifteen

minutes where / oh no i’m not going to do that

[352] KM: yeah traffic jam

[353] RS:

(…) there might be traffic jam / one way there and / a few more

waiting

[354] AN: well they don’t have to wait / the other groups get to do right

away

[355] SL: or the other way is that / AN said you must have one form / em /

one form that they have completed on questions / if if / if they left

blank meaning / meaning they couldn’t score one / or you could

[356] AN: it’s easy to calculate / when they get to the end they must have

twelve signatures

[357] SL: it’s easy to calculate

[358] AN: but when they

come to the end / they have eleven signatures

[359] SL: therefore

they’re not / at first second / so they couldn’t get the book / the / the

/ the privilege to choose the / the bed time stories book

[360] AN: so this is / is there any other briefing before i mean / before we /

Page 100: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

284

before

[361] SL: briefing for the faci?

[362] AN: no no / yes for the faci

involved / <but all the faci is involved right?>

@ <looks at SL>

[363] SL: but what must

/ what must the faci have actually during the day? / they must have

the envelope / they must have / what must they have?

[364] ZN: the questions

[365] SL: the questions / so all they have to do is read the questions

[366] AN: or we

physically give the questions

[367] MS: er / certain station / they / they /

we only provide a mahjong paper showing the crosswords puzzle for

example / so they have to actually / er / look at it/ and then / they

have to decide the answers / in their own paper it / and that paper

will be given to the facilitators / to be approve / that’s all

[368] AN: so they’re gonna carried paper and pencil all the time?

[369] MS: yes / meaning

[370] AN: what what are the clues like to get from station

two to station three / what / when i give them the next station / what

are the clues like?

[371] MS: okay for example station one / is the first station / to the second

station kenanga right / so after they have completed the task / they

will be given a clue like / er / you will have to find this lecturer who

actually / er / who is actually seating / in one room / er / in one of

the rooms in block kenanga / for example so they have to go to

block kenanga / and find / which lecturer actually have the / er the

third clue

[372] AN: so you don’t give the name of the lecturer and everything?

[373] MS: no they have to find / if let’s say in kenanga there will be three /

three facilitators right / in kenanga / so they will have (xxx) / if let’s

say / if they said no then they will have to go and find other faci

[374] MM: can we / play (<hide and seek?>)

@ <laughs>

@ (ES and SL laugh)

[375] MS: no

[376] ES: <we will be (in the wash room>)

@ <looks at MM and smiles>

@ (MM smiles)

[377] SL: so there is probability that they will knock my door?

[378] MS: <yes>

@ <nods head>

[379] AN: <you mean is (in your office?>)

@ <looks at SL>

@ (MM laughs)

[380] ES: in kenanga

[381] MS: yeah for second station is at kenanga

Page 101: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

285

[382] SL: ah same goes with melati

[383] AN: so it’s / it’s all the same / basically / <find the lecturer>

@ <looks at MS>

[384] MS: <no / the clue will be different>

@ <looks at AN>

[385] AN: so my clue?

[386] MS: your clue?

[387] AN: for them to find me

[388] MS: that’s / er / <that’s / er>

@ <looks at ZN and smiles>

[389] ZN: we haven’t decide / i mean it’s not

[390] ES: still working on it

[391] ZN: still

working on it

[392] ES: so you will be having trial runs for this activity next week / so who

will be the participants for the trial ones? / you know it’s better to

have trial run / <so we can see the shortcomings right?>

@ <looks at MS>

[393] AN: and time to see how long from one station to different station / it’s

just / it’s just in the morning right? / it’s not

[394] SL: say nine / so

you are going to brief the students

[395] ES: yeah what time / you know they need to brief right / well brief / it’s

not there / <the briefing part is also / part of this?>

@ <looks at MS and points to the schedule in the laptop>

[396] MS: <yes>

@ <nods head>

[397] ES: inclusive of this / and i guess / i believe the / the facilitators need to

be brief again in the morning

[398] AN: in case minor changes yeah

[399] ES: so / we start later at 9.30 right / okay / alright any other comments or

suggestion? / <encik RS / any?>

@ <points to RS>

[400] RS: <can we get free drinks there?>

@ <points to drinks on a table>

[401] ES: yeah yeah go ahead / no / regarding explore lit / any

[402] RS: em i don’t know / we are bit confused / maybe we really / we / we

really need to understand before we

[403] ES: yeah maybe another

briefing

[404] SL: so when are we suggesting the trial run?

[405] MS: explore lit is on ninth / on the fourth of may

[406] SL: on the fourth of may / because third they are going for hiking

[407] FZ: the

third we are going for hiking

[408] AN: <who’s going for the hiking?>

@ <smiles and points to SM and FR>

[409] SL: four right / five of them / i think

Page 102: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

286

[410] SM: <not fit enough>

@ <laughs>

[411] SL: okay so on the fourth / everybody / who wants to join? everybody

[412] ZN: i think everybody in the station / they have

[413] SL: <FZ still?>

@ <looks at FZ>

[414] ZN:

unless they have exam

[415] SL: so can we decide on the trial run / everyone on the fourth

[416] ES: what time?

[417] SL: say we start at nine / fourth of may / anybody?

[418] AN: i have exam in the morning

[419] SL: invigilation

[420] ES: inviligations / are we not disturbing any / any / <you know / any /

any exams?>

@ <looks at AN>

[421] AN: i would say the purpose of the trial is to test (xxx)

[422] ES: aha

[423] AN: just try yourself a little bit / try see relevant

[424] ES: so meaning?

[425] AN: try with a small scale with not everyone is there

[426] ES: okay / okay / can we move on?

[427] AN: er / the only advice i might give/ is / if / if this is a self (xxx) as

possible / will be very very soon / it meaning when they come to

station twelve / everything they need is there / and / and they don’t

lose thing and self (xxx) as possible / if it is crosswords puzzle

maybe / i have / twelve copies of the crosswords / each group gets

one copy / they don’t have to look at the wall and then write it

somewhere else / so / something something (xxx) one copy for each

group / they keep it with them / maybe / that’s just an idea (…)

[428] ES: okay / alright / okay noted eh (looks at MS) / alright okay let’s move

on the afternoon / song / visualisation / okay / two venues / okay /

third day we will have grammar chant / the preliminaries / okay /

and the two will we choose right / two out of this two preliminaries /

two will proceed to the finals right / we going to have four teams

right / competing in the finals / okay / two from venue one / and two

from the other venue/ it’s not in the kenanga / two its kenanga

[429] SL: five

[430] ES: uthman five / okay / motivational talk / okay / motivational talk

will be on the afternoon eh / and / and have we / <who’s giving the

talk er puan SL?>

@ <looks at SL>

[431] KM: er

[432] ES: <or puan KM?>

@ <looks at KM>

[433] KM: er / mr. hussin

[434] ES: hussin / okay mr. hussin eh / so he’s already confirmed attendance?

[435] KM: yes definitely / so he / em / he actually ask students to have a piece

Page 103: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

287

of paper / a4 paper / and / pencil and pen / get ready with that

[436] ES: so maybe puan SL

[437] SL: ya saya

[438] ES: have you noted that?

[439] SL: <yes>

@ <jots down notes on a paper>

[440] ES: pencil and pen / and the dress / dress / the attire for this occasion for

this / for this motivational talk do we want them to wear sport (xxx)

or what?

[441] KM: (<definitely not right>)

@ <smiles>

@ (ES laughs)

[442] ES: so what?

[443] KM: do they have any sports before that / sports?

[444] ES: no / afternoon session / so formal

[445] SL: because i need to put in a

booklet

[446] ES: yeah we need

[447] SL: formal attire?

[448] KM: yeah formal attire / because they actually have attended / the first /

what is that / er

[449] ES: morning morning / grammar chant is in the

morning

[450] KM: in the morning / so it’s formal attire by the way

[451] ES: formal eh / okay / alright good / okay so that’s the end of the day

three / day four / day four / okay day four later right / i get puan /

miss ZN / just hold on eh / day four is going to be the trip right / the

two trip

[452] ZN: yes

[453] ES: okay first trip to::: tadika terengganu / and these are the facis right /

the facis are to basically they are to / they to oversee / they are to

oversee and also er / before that right/ i guess have to the student

will depart from asrama baru right / so maybe some of the faci will

be on the busses as well right / okay / formal wear / and another trip

on to taman syahbandar / again eh / okay another trip / different set

right / different facis right / for the afternoon

[454] SL: yes yes / initially / i / i had arranged the same person / ZN / SM

and FD the whole day but then i think / sometimes it’s / unfair for

them

[455] ES: okay and then FD / FD will there right? / and yeah in the

afternoon / and then the end of it you still have to brief them right / i

guess before they (xxx) the / the buses i guess / and you know and

you gather them

[456] SL: <do you want me to er?>

@ <looks at ES>

[457] ES: <hold on /

hold on>

@ <shows stop sign to SL>

Page 104: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

288

[458] SL: okay hold on

[459] ES: okay day five / <home shopping / this is basically what? / tv

commercials or what?>

@ <looks at SL>

[460] SL: more or less

[461] ES: more or less / okay so two venues right / and also preliminaries /

there will be preliminaries / and you know / finals / and then

afternoon / ignore time / flat / okay / that’s the end of week one /

week two / we have bed time stories / okay bed time stories / okay /

okay again / er / there’s preliminaries / and also / and then afternoon

/ if the shoe does not fit / okay / two venues right / okay day seven /

Monday / puppet show / start with the preliminaries / okay and we

will move on to the final / final round / and there’s nasyid in the

afternoon / nasyid okay / one of the competition / and then / <then

AN right?> / will be brief on the / on the outdoor camp / okay / so

now done nasyid / okay / er / this is about / what this is regarding the

trips / okay so the trip if you notice will be on thursday eleventh of

may from nine to twelve / so five facilitators will be on duty / okay

objectives / i guess two objectives if i’m not mistaken / objective

they will be the objective of the trip is to teach pre-school children

right / based on the lesson plan / prepared / and also there will be

some social work / okay / preparation / in terms of preparation / each

group is assigned a mentor / to assist on the preparation on the

lesson plan

@ <looks at AN>

[462] ZN: = plan

[463] ES: so what are the responsibilities of the mentor / to assist students in

the preparation of the lesson plan / eh for teaching right? / at the / at

the tadika / <okay i don’t know in what form / whether team

teaching / or okay afterwards you will and also to give feedback and

help improvise the lesson plan prepared by the students right?> /

and to conform with the syllabus of the tadika / also / and also the

mentor will get the sample of lesson plan to guide eh / the students /

okay so this is the list of the mentor right / since they are twelve

groups / so there are twelve mentors right / one faci / one mentor is

assigned to one group / okay / so this is the list of the mentor / group

one / FZ / group two / AZ / three WW / fourth KM / RS will be /

tuan haji RS will be group five / dr RR group six / ZN group seven /

MS group eight / JN will be group / will handle group nine / FR

group ten / FD group eleven / and MM group twelve / JN group

nine / FR who’s / who’s / who’s not in the list? / SL / me and::: AN

right? / okay SL / AN and myself will be / we will be / what we will

be

@ <looks at ZN>

[464] SL: assessing the lesson plan

[465] ES: yeah we will be assessing their

lesson plan okay / so we will doing work behind the scene

[466] SL: work

Page 105: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

289

behind the scene

[467] ES: AN / <SS is also not>

@ <looks at SS>

[468] SL: he has a lot of things to do / to do the

merit

[469] ZN: yeah merit demerit / (he’s busy already)

@ (SM smiles)

[470] ES: but AN i guess /

[471] SL: can can / (xxx) (for the the)

@ (ES laughs)

[472] RS: AN is busy with his

[473] ES: outdoor

[474] RS: (brilliant idea)

@ (all laugh)

[475] AN: i have to (check on the weather)

@ (all laugh)

[476] ES: so / so / meaning we will / we will / you know on the first day right /

during the briefing we will inform the student of the

[477] SL: okay / er /

before / before / ZN will / will / er / further elaborate what / what i

mean the task on the lesson plan / i will brief on the / during the

briefing nine thirty to ten a.m / about this thing as well / so they are

going / the group the participants are going / er / <are going to> /

(see you) and get regarding the consultation on how ideas / to teach

and stuff what not / and then they are supposed to see you up until

on / on / make sure on / tuesday / er / before er / they go for the trip

on wednesday / they have to finalised with you / okay / regarding

their plan and what not / they have to check / not really check / you

know assist them in whatever

@ <coughs>

@ <looks at ES>

[478] ES: <assist them>

@ <nods head>

[479] SL: and then during the trip in the morning / so they will / they will / er /

teach / and using the same lesson plan / so there will be two

assessment actually / er / the teaching part will be done by the /

teacher / so and then they will come back with the lesson plan

collected by the facis / MS and all / they will come back to us and

we will assess the lesson plan / but the teachers will assess on the

teaching / okay

[480] ES: okay / <got it tuan haji RS?>

@ <looks at RS>

[481] RS: <how many groups?>

@ <looks at ES>

[482] ES: twelve groups / twelve mentors / only for to assist the students in

the preparation of the students

[483] SL: yes (xxx)

[484] ES: the what? / number of / <say it again?>

Page 106: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

290

@ <points at RS>

[485] RS: no no / when they going to conduct in the

[486] ES: the teaching ya /

tadika terengganu

[487] RS: <how many students do they have?>

@ <looks at SL>

[488] SL: <they have?>

@ <looks at RS>

[489] RS: aah

[490] SL: er / three hundred / more or less / almost four hundreds

[491] RS: aa:::? / four hundreds?

[492] SL: almost four hundred

[493] RS: sini?

[494] SL: yes wakaf beruas

[495] RS: aiyo

[496] ZN: they have twelve classes / six for five years old / and six for six

years old

[497] SL: each class / er / thirty (xxx)

[498] ES: okay so / maybe / er / er / <ZN would you like provide the details>

@ <looks at ZN>

[499] ZN: oh okay / okay that will be em / em during our time there will be

three sessions / but we will draw a lot lah / which group will get

which class

[500] ES: oh okay

[501] ZN: so they will be like twelve classes / six for five years old / another

six for six years old / so / er / because they have different recess time

/ for five years old they will be on break from nine fifteen until nine/

forty five half an hour / and then for six year old ten / fifteen until

nine forty five / so those who get five years old / er / classes / they

will start a little late lah / nine forty five after the break / they will

have their session / where they will observe the kindergarten teacher

/ how they teach / how they handle the students / the small kids /

basically because the next session they will be given one hour / to

conduct their own / teaching session / so / er / the roles will switch /

because the teacher will observe them later / so they will assess /

they will evaluate / the teacher itself / i already asked them and they

said okay / if they have to assess the students / our students / so / we

will give a form / and there will have / have like / some likert scales

lah / and we will come out the form and give it to the teacher / so at

the end of the day they will collect it and obviously given to madam

SL / the / the forms / okay so for six years old / em / because the

first session / they will arranged the activities for us / so this means

the activities will be divided into to two lah / the / the second / the

first one they ask us to paint the mural / this is for social work lah /

we said okay / they will come out with the plan later and confirm

with the plan later / after / the fourth of may / because the person in

charge is on / is on leave / so basically the lesson plan / er / they will

be brief / er / from the first day of english camp / so / er / throughout

Page 107: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

291

the / er / the day two / day three / they will / er / see the facilitators

lah / to consult them / the mentors / their own mentors / so / the

proposed activity / let’s say / er / i come out / me and MS had came

out / for instance / we are going to teach them rhyme / so the

propose / so how they are going about to go teaching rhymes / so for

the first half and hour / they will obviously tell / teach the phonics of

it for instance / they will have they will have to come out with the

mahjung paper / for instance / twinkle twinkle little star / so they

have / what rhymes with / no no / mary had a little lamb / so they

can draw / so / so / so we can suggest our students to make the

activities lah during that thing / before at the end of the day they will

sing along as usual

[502] ES: okay okay my / my question is

[503] SS: do we have enough time?

[504] ZN: yes we do / one hour for them to teach the children rhymes / it’s

the simple thing / so just go through

[505] SL: it will be complicated because they actually their learning session

is only half and hour

[506] ES: so / actually each group comes out with the lesson plan / so how

many will do the teaching actually / from the from

[507] ZN: it’s only one / one student will teach them / but the rest like / for

instance / if they have nine people in that / in that group / so / the

rest of the group members / the other / the other eight will just / sit /

just sit with their / with the students and help them

[508] ES: so only one / only one

[509] SL: <coaching coaching>

@ <smiles>

[510] ZN: aa::: coaching lah

[511] RS: why not ask do team teaching rather than instead of just one?

[512] ZN: it would be i think it will be a bit confusing for the kids sebab semua

orang macam nak cakap nanti / i think the kids nanti cannot just /

nanti tengok orang tu / the next person will talk <so you know>

@ <looks at RS>

[513] SL: er / you know / should be on time

[514] JN: er excuse me / er / our students (xxx)

[515] ZN: to our students / we just have to / the facilitator / their facilitator will

just have to / to make sure it’s really easy lah / it’s a simple simple

concept that six or five years old kids can learn

[516] MS: (that’s why we suggest to do rhymes / because it is English / and / it

is singing activity)

@ (ES and SM distribute drinks to the participants)

[517] ES: school will start at nine? / school will start at nine?

[518] MS: the teachers / the teachers is supposed to be there at seven thirty / so

i think / it starts at eight

[519] ES: <say again / say it again FZ>

@ <looks at FZ>

[520] FZ: <no no> / i’m talking to SS

@ <laughs>

Page 108: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

292

[521] RS: what would be language objective of the lesson then

[522] ZN: <oh specific language objective / okay it’s okay / it’s just that / for

instance we are going to teaching rhyme / we just want to tell them>

@ <looks to RS and explains>

[523] RS: you don’t have (to to)

@ (ZN laughs)

[524] ZN: <it’s okay> / we just want to tell them / we just want to tell

them what is actually rhyme / learning rhyme is fun for instance /

sebab macam for adults also we write poems we did come out with

rhyming skill right/ so it’s really hard / we just wanna say because

one of the assessment that i proposed / dalam lesson plan i cakap /

kalau for instance / cat and cap / they rhymes / so maybe the kids

(xxx) / ah macam tu lah / do you have any suggestion ke opinion ke

/ <i never teach> / younger kids

@ <laughs>

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[525] ZN: okay do you have any other questions? yes anybody?

[526] AN: no / it should be okay

[527] ZN: should be so okay / so::: er

[528] ES: because most of us is not

involve right / only some / only involve

[529] SL: (only involve lesson

plan)

@ (ZN nods head)

[530] ES: okay any other questions? / no? / okay

[531] RS: how detail will be the lesson plan?

[532] ZN: <how what?>

@ <looks at RS>

[533] SL: <how detail?>

@ <looks at ZN>

[534] ZN: oh how detail / okay / okay this is the sample i got from er / dr. NZ

lah / from his er practical punya student / tapi i already adapt lah /

strap and adapt / so it will be like this/ this one stage this will be four

stages / so set induction first / then i think the students will be

familiarise lah / i think we will give them a sample / the one that /

that i’ve done / so they would know what they put / what they

should have

[535] SL: before you are going to give to them i think / before you / i think

you better to show it to tuan haji RS

[536] RS: i think semester four will have not much problem because you know

/ but semester two

[537] ES: semester two they has not been exposed

[538] ZN: they kinda of leave it to us / but they have finalised everything

[539] ES:

<cik RS / (mix group kan) (…) / so it should be okay kan>

@ <looks at RS>

@ (RS nods head)

Page 109: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

293

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[540] RS: how long will be the lesson?

[541] ZN: it’s only / half an hour actually / another half an hour tu / macam

put it into practice lah / macam dia orang / betulkan pronunciation/

then nyanyi that’s it /so the first half tu / they will be like read

together / they tell what is rhyme / and then lukis lukis ke apa ke /

all those exercise

[542] ES: okay / all right okay got it / okay / move one / let’s move / okay / so

the next trip will be in the afternoon right / trip to taman /

syahbandar

[543] ZN:

yes the taman syahbandar

[544] ES: er again / another five facilitators

will be on duty / a different set of facilitator / and okay the buses

will depart / from actually the students are provided with lunch right

/ after the session you know / and the facis on the duty will fitted

you know / after the session (fitted with er)

@ (ZN laughs)

[545] ZN: er tadika terengganu will provide us lunch / they ask me breakfast or

lunch / i said lunch

[546] ES: er and then / from there right / they move / for prayer things like

that where / where

[547] ZN: they will give us a room two lah / for formal attire to the casual one

[548] ES: <okay alright / so maybe for this trip>

@ <looks at ZN>

[549] ZN: ah for this trip pulak / basically / obviously / haa here’s the <map> /

so / okaylah / so sungai terengganu / let’s start from taman

syahbandar / <sorry / i / i eventhough i’m from terengganu but i’m

not familiar> / i think this is the / (xxx) roughly the map lah

@ <distributes papers to team members>

@ <laughs>

[550] AN: you’re not very good at drawing

[551] ZN: ah (yes) / okay from taman syahbandar / we proposed that we are

going to drop them / er / they will got er / stations lah / where they

will be / i think drawing lots will be / much more fairer

@ (all laugh)

[552] SM: ha

okay

[553] ZN: so / if they got station one / so if they got station one istana maziah /

if they got station two bazaar warisan / station three pasar payang /

and then / station four is the / the beginning of the water front station

/ if you’ve been that / between sungai terengganu and that / road

there station four tu / really beautiful bridge / really beautiful one

right / okay / that’s the one of the parameter / they can’t be no

further than that / if they want to take picture on the waterfront / take

the picture from that/ because / er er/ there will be a lot of students /

so we just want to make life / er / easier for the facilitators

Page 110: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

294

[554] ES: where / where were the facilitators will be / where will be the

stations?

[555] ZN: at this respective stations

[556] ES: okay / alright

[557] ZN: so / he or she will / walk about lah / dekat sini lah / what the students

are doing / so / em / so i proposed that we drop the students / by our

bus / if they are at station one we drop those / to their er / lecturers

in charge at station one / and then station two three four

[558] ES: so those / the/ <the facis at pasar payang will have the chance to

shop / as well?>

@ <laughs>

[559] ZN: yes / <it’s up to them> what they want to do

@ <smiles>

[560] FZ: buy durian

[561] SM: even the faci also

[562] ZN: but / they have to make sure / they are snapping pictures / or

collecting stuff so they can can / because later on when they got

back

[563] SS: what do they collect?

[564] FD: seashells

[565] ZN: (seashells?)

@ (all laugh)

[566] ES: so what would be the task?

[567] ZN: ah the task / ye ye lah ni / baru nak baca the task / so the task

should be / they are supposed to / let’s say they supposed / to find

any unique interesting some beautiful sceneries or stuff sightseeing

thingy / or some tourist spot / or some tourist attractions at that

respective place / take pictures ke / take the brochures ke / whatever

they have to do / at the end of the day / they will have to come out

with the poster

[568] AN: poster

[569] ZN: yes

[570] AN: and the focus of the poster is?

[571] ZN: tourism posters

[572] AN: tourism posters that promoted that area

[573] ZN: that area / because this

one is going to be thursday / we give them over the weekend / they

have to submit it on sunday / to obviously / <madam SL>

@ <laughs>

[574] ES: in the form of what / what is

[575] ZN: posters lah

[576] ES: poster / poster

[577] ZN: they can be creative / if they really good at drawing / if they can

draw / they can print it out using all the materials they can / they can

find / collage ke / up to the creativity

[578] SS: (seashells)

@ (FD laughs)

[579] ZN: <yes seashells> you can it buy there

Page 111: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

295

@ <smiles>

[580] ES: so we are assess them so / er (xxx)

[581] ZN: evaluation form will be given later lah / for us to assess the poster /

and then / basically that’s it lah / they will have fun because / they

will be / they will go at two thirty / around three they will be in

taman syahbandar / they will be given like / for one hour for

instance / and then in the end of the day / they will have to walk a

little bit lah / so everybody has to er / has to / has to gather at taman

syahbandar

[582] ES: again eh?

[583] ZN: yes again

[584] FZ: depan astaka ke / dia orang (xxx)

[585] ZN: okay depan astaka ke / sebab hari tu remember / SM proposed

that / maybe we can we can wait / for them at the / bus station yang

dekat astaka tu lah

[586] SM: tanjung lah

[587] ZN: at tanjung / so that students can go and buy stuff / there maybe

breakfast for the next day / is it okay?

[588] RS: station four is a bit far for them

[589] ZN: not really / it’s just behind pasar payang / belakang tu je

[590] FR: ha sampai kat situ je

[591] ZN: sampai kat situ je / belakang pasar payang dekat pasar payang

frozen tu / there have a really have macam (xxx) / dia buat macam /

(wu::: macam tu)

@ (all laugh)

[592] ZN: that’s the new one / that’s it

[593] ES: macam putrajaya tu eh

[594] ZN: ah yeah

[595] RS: like the sydney habour lah

[596] ZN: ah / <the sydney habour> / yes

@ <laughs>

[597] ES: okay / any feedback?

[598] SS: what is the task of the faci?

[599] ZN: task for the faci? / you just walk see how / make sure they don’t

stray much

[600] SM: menjaga keselamatan

[601] ZN: yes menjaga keselamatan / looking up for that

[602] SM: tolong dia orang (melintas jalan)

@ (all laugh)

[603] AN: i might suggest / i might suggest / er /two additional places that have

a lot additional value / one kampong china itself / inside / that very

attractive very historical and you could also the bottom part / you

know the facilitator / you know and another one / but they have to

pay is bukit puteri

[604] ZN: ah yeah yeah / that’s why i put bukit puteri there / and kampong

cina there / because / i would love to ask / because before this i

included kampong cina the whole / the long / the the / the rest / the

the water front / and they said that some / er / er / told me it might be

Page 112: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

296

too far / too far and too dangerous to the students / so that’s why i

limit there (smiles) / but they can go to kampong cina / it’s just that

waterfront belakang kampong cina eh / so you just can snap pictures

/ as long as they don’t go far beyond the

[605] SM: kfc

[606] ZN: kfc jauh sangat

[607] FZ: hotel seri malaysia

[608] ZN: yes / hotel seri malaysia and all the dragon thingy

[609] SL: what if it’s raining?

[610] ZN: ha what if it’s raining? / <plan b>

@ <smiles>

[611] AN: hang on hang on / don’t

worry about the rain

[612] ZN: oh oh / (okay) / he’s gonna oversee that

@ (all laugh)

[613] AN: so you’re signing group to each station / so definitely now you will

have two station?

[614] ZN: what what?

[615] AN: this this / students choose where they want to go or do you assign?

[616] SL: no no / draw lot

[617] ZN: draw lot

[618] AN: definitely now you’re heading to two stations?

[619] ZN: not necessary because station four they can just (…)

[620] AN: but the station four is the water front / not the kampong cina / but i

mean / does it include kampong cina?

[621] ZN: okay fine / i can tell them / yes / <they can include kampong cina as

well>

@ <smiles>

[622] AN: er / but i mean / i mean you can easily make two station there /

(xxx) water front is totally different thing new or that stuff / and that

good appetising for the poster

[623] MS: kampong cina is more like culture

[624] AN: = culture / history

[625] FZ: it’s not the problem with the place / its facis

[626] AN: how many facilitators are going?

[627] SL: five

[628] FZ: five facis

[629] ES: otherwise you will need eight right? / four still / four right

[630] SL: but

faci five

[631] ES: how do you divide / there are twelve groups so each /

how many groups are assigned to each station

[632] ZN: how many what?

[633] ES: group / group

[634] ZN: three

[635] ES: three groups / so / one faci will handle / will handle thirty six

students / eh eh thirty students / not easy

[636] ZN: one faci thirty students / that’s why i said because they could not

Page 113: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

297

go beyond that / because that’s only one faci in charge

[637] SL: or we do <require more?>

@ <laughs>

[638] ES: we have five / add three more

[639] MM: more is better

[640] ZN: so AN would like to <volunteer?>

@ <laughs>

[641] SM: never mind / i can join from the morning

[642] SL: are you sure? / then?

[643] SM: okay

[644] ZN: i boleh jugak / i don’t mind

[645] ES: three more right?

[646] FZ: there / SM and ZN already volunteer right

[647] SL: <so one two three four five>

@ <counts the names that were written on a paper>

[648] SS: the scenery is not that nice right / at bazaar warisan now / nowadays

[649] ZN: bazaar warisan yang ada escalator

[650] SS: ha / it is / the escalator is not working / and then ada

penyelenggaran

[651] ZN: oh ye ke?

[652] FZ: oh ye ke / i never been there?

[653] SL: it shows that she is local

[654] SM: regular / regular customer

[655] ZN: if they want to / they can go to bukit puteri

[656] FZ: bukit puteri behind that / that’s why i put

[657] ES: so may be / maybe

[658] ZN:

they have to pay / i don’t think the students would like to go

[659] SS: instead of two at bazaar warisan station / you insert station two as at

kampong cina there / sebabnya bazaar warisan / if they want to take

picture/ it is not that nice

[660] ZN: tak tahu / i tengok okay je

[661] SS: tapi penyelenggaraan takda

[662] RS: that one is / the architecture is beautiful

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[663] ES: is not / is not / it’s hardly occupied right?

[664] ZN: <it is occupied right?>

@ <looks at SM>

[665] SM: only the front

[666] ZN: so just go to the front

[667] MM: so if we combined both pasar payang and bazaar warisan (…)

[668] ZN: so we mix station / station two kampong cina / okay okay / plan b /

plan b / we run <to the shelter> / sheltered one lah

@ <laughs>

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[669] FZ: that is pasar payang / bazaar warisan

Page 114: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

298

[670] MM: pos::: (besar::)

@ (all laugh)

[671] ES: mydin mydin / (mydin)

@ (all laugh)

[672] ZN: oh mydin / mydin kecik

[673] FZ: astaka as well

[674] AN: if it rains / if it rains / if the heavy one /you put them at pasar payang

/ and you say one / er / station is the (xxx) up stairs / one station is

fruit and vegetable / and one station is the retail and something you

divided like that

[675] ZN: yeah / yeah / we / we promote pasar pasar / i put there maybe pasar

payang and bazaar warisan / but they can go la if they want to go

[676] SL: so let’s decide now / now istana / istana maziah station one /

station two / station two now bazaar warisan out / move to kampong

cina

[677] AN: kampong cina

[678] ZN: station three pasar payang and bazaar warisan together

[679] MM: pasar

payang and bazaar warisan together

[680] ES: so one more?

[681] ZN: one more going to be the water front la / tak nak?

[682] SL: i thought station four is waterfront already

[683] ZN: yelah yelah we just switch between bazaar warisan will be station

three as well / and kampong cina is station two / so

[684] ES: so we need one more

[685] SL: okay now we have MM / FZ / FD / SS / FR / SM and ZN / is it

enough?

[686] ZN: yes

[687] ES: how many?

[688] SL: one two three four five six seven

[689] ES: one more / one more

[690] AN: so we need one more location?

[691] SL: no faci

[692] ZN: faci faci

[693] MM: okay (thank you AN) / oh the camera man can <follow>

@ (all laugh)

@ <looks at the researcher>

[694] AN: it’s the camera (woman)

@ (all laugh)

[695] SL: we need more men / or more women?

[696] MS: kak SL / make it easier / i will go because in the morning i already

(xxx) / so there’s nothing

[697] SM: so we stick to the original plan right?

[698] SL: thank you thank you

[699] ZN: (yeay)

@ (ZN and SL clap hands)

[700] RS: what is the final decision?

[701] MM: yeah / (that’s it)

Page 115: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

299

@ (all laugh)

[702] SL: <we include more facis>

@ <looks at RS>

[703] ES: okay done eh

[704] SL: thank you thank you

[705] SM: meeting point will be taman syahbandar right? / at the end of it

[706] ES: okay / so let’s move on / this is this regarding the trip to / you know/

to / to airbase site in gong kedak / (…) so we will be leaving / we

will departing / er / on the eighteenth right / on the trip to / if i’m not

mistaken / <it’s seven fifteen in the morning right? / seven thirty

right?>

@ <looks at AN>

[707] AN: we put down / we put down seven fifteen / because we’re stopping

for breakfast so

[708] ES: seven fifteen / seven fifteen eh

[709] AN: so seven thirty we still safe / but i think in the programme book / we

will put seven o’clock / and we will depart at seven fifteen

[710] ES: okay so we depart at seven / seven fifteen lah / from asrama baru /

okay / on the eighteenth wednesday / so the outdoor committee will

assign three facilitators to come / to oversee

[711] MM: who in the bus and who (…)

[712] MM: who is interested going in the bus?

[713] ES: from the (outdoor)

@ (FR, FZ, ZN and SS raise hands)

[714] ZN: bus bus bus

[715] ES: <you wanna go by bus?> / so we have indoor people / actually

volunteering?

@ <looks at FR>

[716] ZN: eh salah salah / <tak boleh eh?>

@ <laughs>

[717] ES: boleh boleh (it’s okay)

@ (all laugh)

[718] AN: this will get you / you don’t need to drive yourself / you don’t go on

the bus you need to drive yourself

[719] SL: but you can claim

[720] AN: so

who / who wants to go on the bus?

[721] ES: who wants to go on the bus? / if you want / volunteer right / <we

need (three only right?>)

@ <looks at AN>

@ (FR, ZN and FZ raise hands)

[722] ZN: so only <three of us>

@ <smiles>

[723] AN: so can you write down the name / and you got the file (…)

[724] ES: and

then you have to be there early / you have to oversee the departure /

make sure you know

[725] RS: <AN>

Page 116: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

300

@ <looks at AN>

[726] ES: er / but then maybe we

need one outdoor / we still need / who’s the outdoor committee

actually / but but / it doesn’t mean that the person will / will will

(xxx) / on the bus as well right / just make sure that everything will

goes on

[727] FR: how many bus?

[728] ZN: three busses

[729] AN: <dr. RR will be on the bus / from the outdoor committee>

@ <looks at ES>

[730] RR: <i’ll be on the bus>

@ <nods head>

[731] ES: <you’ll be on the bus this time? / can you oversee them?>

@ <looks at RR>

[732] RR: no <i can’t>

@ <shakes head>

[733] ES: okay never mind / i / i / i will go on my own / i will oversee you

know

[734] AN: <you will stay here for the (departure?>)

@ <looks at ES>

@ (ES nods head)

[735] AN: i’m going to go (…)

[736] ES: yes / i will not be in the bus but

[737] SL: (so dr. RR will be on the

bus)

@ (RR nods head)

[738] RS: <AN / you mentioned about taking breakfast?>

@ <looks at AN>

[739] AN: yeah

[740] RS: on the way?

[741] AN: on the way

[742] RS: where do you want to stop?

[743] AN: we’re thinking / we’re thinking

[744] ES: after petronas

[745] AN: ah yes / in the early part of setiu / there is large

[746] ES: nasi kampong

[747] AN:

before merang / there’s a large / <nasi kampong is it?> / a very large

where buses always stop

@ <looks at ES>

[748] RS: do you think they can accommodate you know hundred (…)

[749] SL:

we can inform them earlier / we can inform right / if you want i can

inform / we can inform them

[750] RS: unless they order the same thing / aa this one teh tarik / that one aa

you see / it’s going to take time

[751] ES: unless we they don’t have to

stop at the same you know / all the three buses don’t have / you

Page 117: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

301

know

[752] SL: wait and stop at the same spot

[753] ES: yeah yeah / one

will stop at another different / otherwise there will you know

[754] AN:

yes / so this one area and this another area / at a / at a / (…) (<you

know::: the road / the road:::>) it’s the / the next one up not the the

merang / but the next (xxx) but the next penarek is it / when you turn

@ <moves hands in a serpentine manner >

@ (all laugh)

[755] SM: that’s penarek

[756] AN: so we can put one bus at kampong /one bus in

penarek and one bus in besut when they get there

[757] SL: <wow>

@ <laughs>

[758] AN: <the thing is RS / we need to leave early / we have to be early / and

most people of the committee said there is not enough time for the

students to get something before we leave>

@ <looks at RS>

[759] MS: but because we could inform / AN could brief the students / em /

on the last day of the indoor activity that they / they could buy

something on the bus / you know / because the next day is holiday /

they could buy tidbits something they can munch / on the bus

[760] AN: encourage them to buy something like this to take on the bus / but

the bus will stop

[761] SS: i just wanna to ask / can they bring pack foods (… ) or maybe

someone in charge / (…) / pack foods for the students and pay / and

they bring in a bus and then they stop by / would it save time for

[762] AN:

save time but then / it’s a big to ask for the bus to arrange outside

food / but if anything happen on the foods but / the bus will still

have to go anyway / (…) we have to be there at ten o’clock / it

stated here ten thirty but em / make sure we get there ten o’clock

[763] RS: i’m sure ten thirty you know

[764] ES: yeah yeah okay / so for the others right / you can drive on your own

/

drive eh / drive because you consider on official duty / you can drive

/ you are entitle to claim eh / okay attire / for the / for the airbase is

casual smart / but make sure you don’t wear jeans and slippers /

casual smart / whatever that means but no jeans and no slippers

[765] SL: no no

[766] ES: okay no camera also well / right / yeah they won’t allow

[767] SM: of course

[768] ES: only one one person i think i spoke / i spoke with the one captain at

the day / they won’t allow camera / or maybe they will allow one /

they will only allow / one only / to be taken (xxx) and that will be an

official one / outdoor camp / it will be twin sharing eh/ twin sharing

for the facilitators / okay / schedule this is the schedule can we

Page 118: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

302

[769] MS: = view

[770] ES: view right / okay seven / seven o clock is that / okay seven o’clock?

[771] RS: if they are late?

[772] ES: okay it’s not

[773] SL: foyer

[774] ES: foyer not not dabs eh / should be in the

foyer / not dabs / be should in foyer asrama baru / <AN>

@ <looks at AN>

[775] AN: yes / at the new asrama

[776] ES: foyer asrama baru / seven thirty o’clock / seven fifteen will depart

for the airbase / okay so the busses will make thirty minutes stop for

breakfast along the way / so maybe we will try / what we can do is

identify the possible stops / and then make sure the buses (…)

[777] SL: make sure those facis knows <where to stop eh>

@ <laughs>

[778] ES: okay / is ten o’clock AN?

[779] AN: i put down ten o clock

[780] ES: yeah ten o’clock

[781] AN: ten o’clock

[782] ES: <so can you / explain a little bit / about the visit>

@ <looks at AN>

[783] AN: alright the visit to the air base / it a the main purpose is / or the

reason the main purpose / one of the reason why we are doing it is

because a great interest / and it is great by we are having outdoor

camp (xxx) / <we are taking opportunity to exposed our students to

national defense> / we had asked the briefing to be done in English

but that is no guarantee / they will try their best / but that’s okay

that’s precise the point i think that / i think it is exciting for the

students to / to go so next year when there is another language camp

/ the other team cannot compete and will say / (oh the one we did

last year was so much better)

@ (all laugh)

[784] RS: AN’s brilliant idea

[785] AN: we / we / we arrive at the airbase at ten o’clock / according to their

schedule / and we will have the briefing inside / at ten fifteen inside

(xxx) / and i think in the briefing parti / the participants they will be

warned about no photography allow and all these rules and

regulations / and then / at ten thirty / we will / we will / (xxx) and

then at eleven thirty / i will go to different angle and see nuri

[786] ES: helicopter (…) / <nuri is canadian is it?>

@ <looks at AN>

[787] AN: nuri is not canadian / and / so an hour in each location i guess we

will have briefings there / and so the visit will end at twelve thirty

[788] ES:

yeah

[789] AN: and at twelve thirty / we will then go / <probably fifteen

minutes bus arrive>

@ <looks at SM>

Page 119: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

303

[790] ES: to where?

[791] AN: to our resort / bukit kluang

[792] SM: fifteen minutes?

[793] AN: i think so

[794] ES: <before gong kedak?>

@ <looks at SM>

[795] SM: er / no no / from gong kedak / from gong kedak to bukit kluang? / no

[796] SL: <twenty?>

@ <looks at SM>

[797] SM: ah more or less / you gonna get thirty / but twenty can (…)

[798] SL: half and hour

[799] AN: so that will be our first outdoor activity / and then we will

[800] ES: <thirty

minutes eh? / (thirty minutes?>)

@ <looks at SM>

@ (SM nods head)

[801] AN: thirty minutes / we arrive at one o’clock /we should be able to check

in / have lunch /and we will have the briefing with the students /

then we have to start our first activity at two thirty at the afternoon /

hot seats / the / er / <who’s the facilitator?>

@ <looks at SL>

[802] SL: i put

[803] ES: no it’s not there

[804] AN: it’s not / it’s not there / nevermind

[805] SL: <i put it there>

@ <looks at ES>

[806] AN: so this is slightly the different file

[807] SL: yeah i copied

[808] ES: it’s okay

[809] AN: we have the facilitator / er / er / and JN / and who else we have

there?

[810] SL JN me / i remembered me / WW and SS / WW and SS

[811] AN: yeah / that’s right we have four facilitators /all the indoor committee

and except for SL / and then we split into two groups to start and

then we will (xxx) / and the hot seat was rated / rated the number

one activity at the English enhancement programme / <rated number

one activity>

@ <smiles>

[812] ES: the hot seat

[813] SL: hot seat

[814] AN: number one / in English / enhancement programme

[815] ES: the

vocabulary game

[816] AN: <did you really read (any nst or news week or something?>)

@ <smiles>

@ (all laugh)

[817] RR: AN’s press

[818] AN: after that first activity / we have tea break / for the students / and the

Page 120: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

304

prayer time / and then we go on to / er / our third activity outdoor /

treasure hunt which involve all the facilitators / is just like the

[819] SL:

explore lit

[820] AN: explore lit / em / except the base station is the main

hall

[821] MM: <main hall>

@ <smiles>

[822] AN: and each facilitators is assign one group and

you stay with that group / you don’t need to run around with them /

they run out and find the clue / they come back and you give the

card

[823] ES: any physical task?

[824] AN: yeah / the probably / er / one or two the physical task / i just put

nearby / and there will be a briefing for the facilitators / and there

will be a briefing to the participants at the time / essentially / you

will are given a large envelope / with your group number on it /and

thing in that envelopes are / twelve smaller envelopes / number one

to twelve / the contents will be different for each group / so there is

no clash / they all go off in different stations / but you follow the

sequence / of the envelopes / there is two things in the envelope /

one thing is the clue / and it is on the coloured piece of paper / and

it’s like a little rhyme or something like that / and based on that

rhyme / they are to go to a specific location in the resort / a simple

example might be / is as easy as one two three / and one two three

would refer to one of the room numbers / so they would run to room

one two three / and somewhere around room one two three / would

be eliminated card / that fixed to the wall / it is out of reach / and on

the eliminated card it’s a very simple / black and white picture /

picture of a ball / or picture of a star / and they have then report back

to you / what / treasure they saw

[825] SL: em:::

[826] AN: so when they come back / and they say star / you have a (xxx) for

that the clue / the answer is star / correct / then you give the

envelope and you give the language / task / it might be a crossword

puzzle / it might be a little bit grammar word / fill in the blanks / it

might be a physical task / i can’t remember what the physical task

[827] RS: they

have to (hop ten times)

@ (all laugh)

[828] AN: hop ten times? / yeah we set just outside / the hall / there’s a sand /a

sandy outdoor area / and / we set up lines / and they have to and

each member have to hop on one (xxx) / and each member of the

group has completed / and if one group fell of okay they go back

again / something is simple physical task but you as a facilitator will

follow them and make sure your group did it / once it is complete /

you go back to the hall and open the envelope two / you don’t give

them the envelope / you always / give them the clues / you look at it

Page 121: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

305

first so you know what the answer is / all the answer with you /

pretty much everything is done there / i think the other physical task

they have is blowing off balloons / they have to choose one member

of the group (…) / choose the most outspoken member alright /

<MM is the most spoken> / and then you open it and you have to

blow up five balloons / all by himself the others will have to wait /

something like that / so once that is done they get the next clue /

some physical / some language based / and it lasts a little over hour

a hour / say an hour and half for a treasure hunt

@ <looks at MM>

[829] RS: and they supplied?

[830] ES: we will have to get the resort to make sure there’s / a container for

drinks / and / er / that’s followed by a barbeque dinner / which is the

next to the main hall / and for the barbeque dinner we don’t need

any facilitator / you guys do what you want at that night

[831] RS: eat as much (as you can)

@ (ES laughs)

[832] AN: er / it’s just a dinner / in the past we have opening and closing

ceremony / so it became a bit formal / a bit longer / this time no / so

it is just a barbeque dinner / relax / the groups enjoy themselves / but

it ends at nine / and we go on our last activity which is campfire

horror story / okay / and campfire horror story (was rated the

number two activity)

@ (all laugh)

[833] ES: <number three>

@ <smiles>

[834] AN: number three activity

[835] ES: <treasure hunt number two>

@ <smiles>

[836] AN: yeah treasure hunt number two / and em we have our facilitators /

and essentially this is an activity where each group is brief in

advanced / they have to prepare / one member of the group / (xxx)

one member of the group represents this / one member of group /

(…) represents the whole group and tells the horror stories for not

more than five minutes / in front of the entire audience / if / em that

if we think it is suitable to do outdoor / we will have the speakers

mobile speakers / and do it outdoor where we had our barbeque / but

if (xxx) indoor whatever reasons being playing or you think is better

/ we go into the hall shut off the lights / we move the table to the

side / everyone sits on the floor and one member gets up at a time to

tell the story to the audience / and they are judges / but this is we

select the winner / not one two three / we just select the best / the

best / the best of it based on presentation so on and so forth / we did

this a few months ago and it / it surprisingly good and surprisingly

had a big impact / i think some students cried and stuff like that

because they ended up telling up real stories

[837] SL: volunteer is it / volunteer?

@ <looks at AN>

Page 122: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

306

[838] AN: yeah volunteer is very / good / so we tried again / with students that

not weak in English and we see how it goes / so the camp fire story /

and then it ends for the night / following morning we have early

breakfast / seven to seven thirty breakfast / and we continue at seven

thirty with a er / hike / a typical one / it’s very attractive not too

difficult / er hike / and

[839] RS: but AN not going this time

[840] AN: yes i’m not going this time / and (RS not going for some reasons) /

so we have / thank you very much we have volunteers from the

indoor camps / to help us/ to actually run the activities / so i really

appreciated that / em

@ (all laugh)

[841] ES: we are not forcing the students you

know / we are not forcing the students

[842] AN: we are not forcing the students / we are not forcing the facilitators /

we have few names down (…)

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[843] SL: what are going to do / just relax?

[844] AN: i think for those who didn’t go they can relax and enjoy (…) / no

swimming / but the beach is also very nice there

[845] ES: okay AN / one

suggestion you know / you make it compulsory except for those who

have health problems / so there’s / suggested by MS

[846] MS: why why don’t you make it compulsory activity except for those

who have health problem?

[847] MM: asthma ke apa

[848] AN: that usually / usually the case / when we say not compulsory /

meaning those who are physically / are not up to it / there’s no /

there’s no forcing them to go / it’s not like er / it’s not like for you

guys to sleep tomorrow morning / no / mean most people go

[849] ES: well not most people go / <last time we have maybe half?>

@ <looks at AN>

[850] AN: yes half

[851] MS: this one is my suggestion / because er / we are dealing with adults /

em / and when we say they (…) / they will prefer not to go / because

this is as a considered as a / er / tough activity you know

[852] AN: = so maybe we do something like / take attendance for each group

that’s going and (xxx) / the merit

[853] ES: the merit / em / <puan SL /

the merit>

@ <looks at SL>

[854] SL: sorry / are we done?

[855] ES: no no / i mean can we try as many possible to / you know / to join

this

[856] SL: yes sure

[857] ES: and meaning that we take attendance

[858] SL: yes it’s considered for

Page 123: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

307

merit

[859] SM: that the the / merit point are awarded even though no / no

/ no point is awarded for the activity but yeah

[860] SL: but the team

spirit

[861] AN: so we say we so play major role in the merit so maybe twice (…)

[862] MS: because i’m pretty / er / sure the students er / having way they

usually / not prefer to go

[863] AN: one thing if there is a few student who have an extra weight / it

might have good idea if don’t go / because we did one student i do

remember a few years ago / not here but the other hike / tesl / i

asked her / you sure you want to go / yes i want to go / yes i want to

go and then she collapse the half way

[864] RS: tesl?

[865] ES: jalinan mesra

[866] RS: that one is orientation student / not tesl / tesl are okay

[867] ES: yeah tesl / ah tesl or band?

[868] AN: band student

[869] RS: band student / tesl students are okay

[870] MS: but i think it’s normal situation otherwise it won’t be call as hiking

(xxx) / not really / because i’ve been to this kind of activities so

many times / and of course there will be some students who fit

enough to hike until the end / and some students are not fit at all /

even after ten minutes or forty minutes / they get punctured but then

it is normal

[871] ES: but the thing is / we don’t want / we don’t want the / the people

who are not fit to join us / so you know / they will not trouble others

/ so / we don’t want too many problems

[872] SL: er my suggestion is that / before they go before the hike / most

probably they will do some stretching or what not

[873] AN: <they gonna walk down to the>

@ <looks at SM>

[874] SM: yes we have the stretching there / before we start the hiking

[875] SL: i’ll rely on him

@ <looks at SM>

[876] RS: not only the stretching / (but also the stretcher

also)

@ (all laugh)

[877] AN: we / em / gonna make an arrangement with the airbase for the (nuri

to fly over (xxx))

@ (all laugh)

[878] AN: em question was asked er about / er / what if raining / so we have

one spare activity one spare activity / <what was that called activity

again?>

@ <looks at RS>

[879] RS: aa / that was the (best rated activity)

@ (all laugh)

[880] AN: that was the best but it was not in my teaching (xxx) / so i can’t

Page 124: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

308

remember the name of it / we have one spare activity / em / in case

the rain went out for / for an event / holiday / em holiday

[881] SL: = package

[882] AN: package / holiday package / something we have for the aside that

will be used if / if (…) / and then when the students come back they

are to go back to their room / they are supposed to shower / pack up

/ em / get ready to check out / given the keys and then we are in the

main halls / and then we have closing ceremonies / the closing

ceremonies involved two presentation

[883] ES: performances

[884] AN: two performances / the winning performances / and only internal

people / were the highest will be (…) the dean

[885] ES: er / (…) the deputy dean (…)

[886] AN: yeah but only our faculty / we are not inviting any outside faculty

[887] ES: ah yeah / no no / yeah speech / short speech

[888] AN: <so we have emcees from the student?>

@ <looks at SS>

[889] ES: and prize giving /

prize giving

[890] SS: we also have the speech from the dean / and also by the students

who

represent tesl

[891] ES: one and two / by the dean and by the student / and also you also

need

to have emcee right / <one of the students you choose>

@ <looks at SS>

[892] SS: the emcee we already selected / er / one guy from tesl four / AM

[893] SL: no

[894] SS: but we have been informed that he was involved in the

accident

[895] SL: yeah but then

[896] SS: and WW / have already found / er /

replacement for that / HK and for the girl / is tesl two FN

[897] ES: HK? / reliable or not HK?

[898] RS: semester four? / please

[899] KM: please no / please no

[900] SS: i do not know the people who are

[901] ES: who suggested the name?

[902] SS: WW

[903] RS: HK

[904] SL: <why?>

@ <looks at RS>

[905] RS: if you want to give him the chance / okay la but he’s not the best la

[906] SL: he’s not the best / but most of my emcee from the even indoor for

the student / i don’t choose the outstanding one

[907] RS: okay / if that is the idea / it’s good la

[908] ES: okay fine

[909] AN: so what is the matter with HK?

Page 125: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

309

[910] KM: okay because i used to teach semester three right

[911] EM: last semester three

[912] KM: last sem / semester three right / and <this HK> / okay / he really fail

my / as what we call / as expectations / fail my expectations several

time and even / and in fact i give notice / if you still do like this /

somehow your grade or so whatever lah / will affect

@ <laughs>

[913] AN: he’s not realiable / or he’s not really competent?

[914] KM: not realiable / cannot be trusted

[915] SS: so can you suggest the new

one because i didn’t teach tesl

[916] RS: you see / that’s why you said /

you want to give chance to those who are not so good / then you can

[917] KM: try others lah who are more reliable

[918] RS: you can tried others la

[919] KM:

who are more reliable

[920] SL: i / i don’t want to interfere into indoor /i’m just suggesting to choose

those who are not outstanding

[921] RS: okay fine / good / give them a chance lah

[922] KM: not outstanding is okay / not outstanding okay / but choose not

reliable is the

[923] SL: the reason why i choose him is because i don’t

know the problem with him

[924] RS: AM or

[925] KM: AM okay

[926] ES: so maybe / we leave the committee to decide / taking into

consideration

[927] SS: okay i’ll find another person / because i don’t know this people

[928] RS: but i think HK / ada sedikit berat lah

[929] SL: AI / DN / DN

[930] RS: DN / of course / DN is good

[931] SL: oath / oath

taking

[932] RS: ha?

[933] SL: oath taking

[934] ES: PS / or or JI

[935] SL: JI

[936] RS: DN is very good lah / DN very good

[937] SL: i don’t want to / my opinion / i don’t want overexposed those who

are already good

[938] AN: i / i agreed with that

[939] ES: okay fine / that’s just matter with HK is that you know / he is

whether not reliable / and whether he cannot take up his

responsibility you know / it’s not that

[940] SS: <how about FN?>

@ <looks at SL>

[941] SL: FN already chosen by by WW right

Page 126: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

310

[942] ES: FN already chosen

[943] SL: i don’t know / you better ask the committee

[944] SS: i don’t know these people

[945] ES: okay maybe we get some ideas the rest from the committee / okay

never mind / we still have time right / has they been informed or

what?

[946] SS: FN yes / HK not yet

[947] ES: not yet eh / okay / okay / so there will be have prize giving

ceremony as well / hampers eh

[948] SS: they are going give prize giving ceremony / we are going to have /

we are going to have divide the prize giving ceremony into two

[949] ES:

two parts

[950] SS: which we are going to have presentation / grammar

chant / okay the first one / after that we are going to have the prize

giving ceremony / and then half of it / and then we are going to have

presentation nasyid and then

[951] ES: continue with that

[952] SS: continue

with the prize giving ceremony

[953] ES: okay er we have enough hampers <right AN?> / and also the rest of

the committee and also remember the hampers / there are thirteen

hampers from the resort right / they are not expensive right / sixteen

ringgit right/ it’s worth sixteen ringgit a hamper / so we have

thirteen we have extra hamper right / so what we do with them / and

we have the hampers / all the hampers for the prizes already / for the

core activities / seven of them right / and also we have hampers for

the placing / for the ranking / for all the group / in fact we have one

extra / initially we supposed to have thirteen group right then we cut

/ cut it down to twelve / so we have we got one extra / maybe for

one extra is for what / <you have the idea / the merit system>

@ <looks at AN>

@ <looks at SL>

[954] SL: merit system

[955] ES: is to / to you know / to decide what?

[956] SL: the best campers award

[957] ES: okay so / what will be the / the reward for the team that won / the

team that wins the best / ape the best team award

[958] SL: the dean’s award i think

[959] ES: whatever yeah / yeah what will be the / the / the prize

[960] AN: a hamper?

[961] ES: hamper? yeah we got that one itself / and we have thirteen

[962] AN: = thirteen more

[963] ES: what we gotta do with them? / lucky draw?

[964] SL: lucky draw

[965] RS: the best facilitator

[966] SL: yeah the one that we that we agreed / the best facilitator

[967] ES: yeah okay but we still have nine or ten

Page 127: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

311

[968] SL: at least <three best>

@ <laughs>

[969] RS: one for facilitator lah

[970] ES: okay one for facilitator / best what ever

[971] RS: (best dressed or whatever)

@ (all laugh)

[972] ES: okay okay / any objection? / lucky draw

[973] SL: lucky draw based on what?

[974] RS: luck la / (what else?)

@ (all laugh)

[975] SL: <that was a nice one>

@ <laughs>

[976] ES: lucky draw lah / as in / lucky draw

[977] SL: no are we gonna like the everybody has numbers

[978] ES: yeah we can still (xxx) / this so what lucky draw right / lucky draw /

you don’t mind okay

[979] SM: so lucky draw include the faci?

[980] ES: do we exclude faci or include?

[981] ZN: yes

[982] RS: (include include /

who knows>

@ (all laugh)

[983] AN: if you want the hamper / (we will give you the hamper)

@ (all laugh)

[984] SL: just for <fun right?>

@ <laughs>

[985] ES: okay lucky draw eh / that’s the / for the outdoor to the closing

committee to handle

[986] AN: what we suggested is if possible / if possible / we have a montage of

this language camp itself / if possible so we ask AR

[987] MS: AR

[988] AN: to see if we can keep track at things and made something 95%

complete and then before the outdoor camp / add few more things /

(…) / if it doesn’t happen / it doesn’t happen

[989] ES: so maybe you can reserve a slot for that / a montage to the end of it

[990] SS: after / after prize giving ceremony has finished

[991] AN: but we are not putting all the details up in the general flyer

[992] ES: so the closing ceremony we don’t need / to need to reschedule

[993] RS: <AN / it’s a good idea you know / that’s the another brilliant idea

from you / you know>

@ <looks at AN>

[994] AN: what’s that

[995] RS: i mean the idea you mentioned about the montage you know /

perhaps you know we can give them / ask them students you know /

to download so they can keep this for whatever / it is something

[996] AN: but this is something / it’s a sense of last minute / we work on it as

it goes on / it’s not like oh its finished / then we collect all the

photos / they still going on until the day before we go

Page 128: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

312

[997] RS: i mean / i mean

/ we can improve later on and then we can keep this so that when

anybody comes / maybe some visitors / we can show them / <ni

takdok record>

@ <looks at KM>

[998] MS: for the hiking / for the final day / the activity / maybe for the

hiking / we can take the pictures in advance when they went to see

the track

[999] AN: but it is seems impossible to take pictures when you come back

down / okay we got the few slides to put in / just take a few pictures

and then (xxx) / it’s actually something what they had just did / i

think it will give impact to the students if they what they have done

for last two weeks / because the opening / the opening is the

montage of the last year’s / language camp / so we try

[1000] ES: yeah try / try there’s no guarantee right but try

[1001] AN: we’ll try our best so if you have pictures the pictures you have / for

the trial hike / because the scenery is there / the trail is there

[1002] RS: (the

bird)

@ (all laugh)

[1003] AN: the birds / the birds

[1004] SM: so one question / about the trip to gong kedak / the whole facilitators

have to join the trip or the facilitators on the bus?

[1005] AN: no / everybody / <you don’t want to go?>

@ <looks at SM>

[1006] SM: no i’m just asking / because four of them and the rest is ready there

[1007] ES: <you want to drive or what / it’s up to you whether (…)>

@ <looks at SM>

[1008] SM: i think / drive

[1009] ES: erm okay the rest will drive eh / car polling / i don’t know it’s up to

you

[1010] FD: do we need any special pass to get in / the airbase or not?

[1011] AN: i think we park outside

[1012] ES: gather outside

[1013] FD: bus cannot

[1014] SS: you have to wait to get the pass

[1015] AN: you’re gonna be there (<six o’ clock in the morning?>)

@ <looks at FD>

@ (all laugh)

[1016] ES: okay / em anything else? / and also hike / bukit kluang hike (xxx)

right / on the third right / i’ve booked the van / the transportation /

<so there will be four five of you right / so from from what time /

eight thirty until five o’clock right?>

@ <looks at SM>

[1017] SM: so in the camp / <what / in the gong kedak / handphone / camera

handphone can we bring / also not right?>

@ <looks at AN>

[1018] AN: <i’m sure you can keep it in the pocket but they will have the thing

Page 129: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

313

say no taking paragraph>

@ <looks at SM>

[1019] SM: you (sure?)

@ (AN nods head)

[1020] AN: you know / my son went there and took photograph they told no

paragraph from the phone (…) / i don’t think the confederates keep

all the stuff

[1021] SM: <i don’t know>

@ <looks at AN>

[1022] AN: we can / can call them again are they going to keep our hand phones

[1023] SM: most of us have camera right / hand phone camera

[1024] AN: it goes without saying nothing / maybe dr. RR is the only who

without er / the camera on the phone

[1025] RR: (<excuse me>)

@ <stares at AN>

@ (all laugh)

[1025] RS: she has / she has the (handphone without the camera)

@ (all laugh)

@ (RR smiles)

[1026] AN: maybe we can double check i will call them

[1027] RS: yes /kalau berlaku

some you know / emergency like you know / two years ago

remember one one / one girl kan i have to carry on

[1028] AN: you / you

just drove the vehicle / (we have to carry her)

@ (all laugh)

[1029] RS: well luckily / luckily <i have mine you know>

@ <laughs>

[1030] ES: <where?>

@ <points to RS>

[1031] RS: kan dulu ingat kita kena

[1032] ES: oh here

[1033] RS: yes / i mean if something like that happen lah / during lunch time

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[1034] RS: so i think we have to / inform them also lah / in case that’s happen /

during lunch time / it happened during lunch time / office hours not

problem lah

[1035] AN: yeah / what what i / i / i don’t wanna say that i was thinking about

this / i wrote down this myself regarding this but maybe we can post

some emergency number in one file so facilitators on duty / you

know / medical clinic here

[1036] SL: i was thinking like putting our / names / everybody’s name with

the phone number / on the book programme

[1037] MS: in any file is it?

[1038] ES: and also you include the number you know /

the apa / the centre of the clinic / include the number

[1039] SL: so you

Page 130: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

314

agreed i put the numbers?

[1040] MM: <no / no no no>

@ <shakes head>

[1041] AN: what for?

[1042] SL: in the book why?

[1043] AN: leaders only

[1044] MM: the leader of indoor and outdoor

[1045] RR: you can put

your number / you and AN / you AN and SM

[1046] SL: i thought you agreed the number of the leaders

[1047] RS: leaders okaylah

[1048] ES: leaders only lah / leaders / and also office

number / and also the clinic

[1049] RS: emergency / the clinic / maybe you

need to inform them also

[1050] SL: ha okay

[1051] AN: and <maybe (your number for the driver for instance>)

@ <looks at RS>

@ (all laugh)

[1052] RS: <i’m not the driver>

@ <laughs>

[1053] ES: okay almost there / okay / scoring system / and merit point / so all

activity are contested eh / except motivational talk / and bukit

kluang hike / okay so no points awarded / so points are awarded

based on the scoring system adopted maybe it was no need to show

right / (xxx) so the winners right total points / (xxx) will determine

the grade for this subjects / okay / we leave to the office to decide /

okay / okay merit system is independent of the merit system /and

has own criteria / so i guess the aim of having the merit system is

inculcate discipline / team spirit and sense of belonging / and the

group who accumulate most points wins / special award right? / yes

/ so puan SL would like to elaborate on merit (system)

@ (SL distributes merit forms to all)

[1054] SL: okay this merit system / is a brainchild of SM / okay / i don’t know

to name it as deans award / i don’t know / we will come to that later

/ because this in conjunction with theme of this semester / this year

theme / which is immerse yourself with English / so the / the main

criteria for awarding this is / look at the mark there / attire /

punctuality / language and others / okay / four criteria / so the marks

goes to language which is fifty percent / i mean fifty / em others i

will talk about it later / <punctuality> ten and attire ten alright er this

is to be put in all folders / em / especially all except for the final

round / final round activity

@ <clears throat>

[1055] ES: doesn’t count?

[1056] SL: er / final round / doesn’t count i think

[1057] ES: doesn’t count because

not four teams

Page 131: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

315

[1058] SL: yeah / because at that time they’re just judging / there’s only two

round for the faci to check on them / but for attire and punctuality

only once / okay / language and others twice / okay / so for all you

need to do is to put plus and minus / that’s all / all you have to do /

you don’t need to / to put thirty or fifty / it’s us me and SM / we are

doing the counting <so> / sorry / i don’t think i can talk

@ <coughs>

[1059] ES: you need the drink? / okay one question

[1060] SL: yeah

[1061] ES: so every facilitator will or just one facilitator from / from one venue

[1062] SL:

one venue

[1063] ES: one from each venue

[1064] SM: yeah either the leader or the assistant / (xxx) and you have to put the

/ what / the / the marks in their respective column / so the counting

you leave it to us / at the end of the day

[1065] ES: comments / <are comments necessary?>

@ <looks at SM>

[1066] SM: yes / if / if you think / er / what they do something that you think /

can earn more / and then you put the comment

[1067] SL: or others

[1068] SM: and

then we will consider it

[1069] RS: what about others / and general?

[1070] SL: sorry?

[1071] RS: others

[1072] SL: others okay / this is what we / we could foresee that they could do /

is that they perform for any remarkable activities / or behaviour / for

instance / every / everywhere they go throughout the camp / they

bring their flag / they bring their flag / or what they can do / award

them for the mark / don’t don’t / just put / plus / there’s no minus /

there’s no minus for others right / okay / and they’re gonna wear

their name tag whenever they go / they will straightaway put / but if

/ it is if every group / er / to do that / you know / for instance /

wearing name tag if not we should not award / same thing with if

they came out with the token / for the kids regarding the trip to the

kindergarten right / kindergarten / if they / if they come out with the

token for the kids then you should award them / or / er / attire / this

is our / major / er / my major concern / based on previous language

camp where they wear / em / a very / an unsuitable attire / such as

jeans / and revealing / you know / shirts / slippers even / attending to

the talk / so i put there / jeans and slippers are not allowed / so we

are going to check on this only once right / once / if any one of the

member / one of the member wear this / one of the member then

straight away

[1073] MS: minus

[1074] SL: minus

[1075] SM: and also during the hiking right? / you / you (xxx)

Page 132: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

316

[1076] SL: at least one will put (xxx)

[1077] SM: for others?

[1078] SL: <em / em>

@ <nods head>

[1079] AN: well / you mean attire

[1080] SM: (…) you said just now / if one of the

group members (xxx) / so we can merit and demerit also /

[1081] SL: yeah

[1082] SM: alright

[1083] RS: banner?

[1084] ES: okay anything else?

[1085] FD: if they don’t put the flag / put minus there?

[1086] SL: just leave / leave / leave/ leave / leave with nothing / leave it

[1087] FD: because you said no minus for others right?

[1088] SL: yeah no minus / others no minus / just plus

[1089] FD: but is it compulsory to bring on their flag

[1090] SL: we gonna to remind them / to show that you / you / you are / you i

don’t (xxx) / if possible you are adhere / to the mission objectives of

language camp / and stuff

[1091] AN: i can’t remember either we had discussed before / i thought it is

something about the marks that they were

[1092] SL: one or nothing

[1093] AN: something like that / simplified / i mean that’s only my discussion /

i know it’s gonna

[1094] SL: yeah / yeah / yeah but when i come back to

my team / we want to put it in larger figure / so that / one or nothing

(…)

[1095] ES: why can’t you have it one / one one out of ten / instead out of one /

one / one / five / three right? / why must we / for attire right / so we

have of varying degrees right / if ten that means student can get

eight or nine or what?

[1096] MS: no no / ten

[1097] ES: why can’t we have smaller figure

[1098] SL: ten or zero / that’s it

[1099] AN: fifty / or zero

[1100] ES: i mean / why can’t we have it one one five / and three / rather than

ten ten / doesn’t / i mean no difference / <isn’t it / i mean smaller

figure right?>

@ <looks at SL>

[1101] SL: it’s just that / students will love when they get more marks

[1102] ES: but they won’t know right / because we will not / we won’t let /

inform / this is done behind the scene right / they will not be

[1103] SM: but we allocate the total numbers right

[1104] SL: we’re gonna to say that

we gonna give you / one thousand on the first / throughout the camp

them

[1105] MS: one thousand or five hundred

[1106] ES: so it will be what / it will be deducted or what?

Page 133: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

317

[1107] RS: if you give one thousand then deduct / that is demerit / you minus

minus minus / at the end they will just get whatever (xxx)

[1108] ES:

demerit / but this one / you know it’s all plus plus plus

[1109] MS: plus or minus

[1110] ES: minus as well / plus or minus

[1111] SL: plus or minus

[1112] ES: okay so

[1113] MS: we / we trying to make it easier for the person for the /

the person in charge with this form / by just putting plus / plus and

minus

[1114] SL: plus and minus

[1115] MS: SM and kak SL / er / is going to do the counting

[1116] MM: maybe they know the system

[1117] ES: yeah / okay never mind since you are so familiar / so maybe the

rest don’t have to worry right

[1118] RS: you don’t have to think la about this / they know they will do

[1119] ES: okay fine

[1120] SL: i’m just sharing the idea is it okay

[1121] RS: but you think attire is

important / why you put ten make it bigger

[1122] SL: because / em / just to highlight it to them / just to highlight / to me

my major concern is to immersing yourself with english / that’s why

i put language

[1123] RS: okay no problem

[1124] ES: they were given one thousand right? / do they

/ are they will be updated on this

[1125] SL: no no no / they won’t be updated

[1126] ES: they won’t be updated / so at the end of the programme the team

that has the most number of the points

[1127] AN: but they don’t know

(xxx)

[1128] ES: <but they won’t know right?>

@ <looks at SL>

[1129] SL: yes

[1130] AN: so maybe (you are like a cop giving them (…))

@ (MM smiles)

[1131] SL: so most probably we will reveal to them at the end of the indoor

activity

[1132] SM: (yeah)

@ (ES nods head)

[1133] SL: we could do that

[1134] ES: <is there going to be transparency on your part?>

@ <laughs>

[1135] SM: or maybe on / on at the end of the first week we can reveal the first

part

[1136] MS: <yes yes>

@ <nods head>

Page 134: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

318

[1137] RS: we need (somebody to check outdoor)

@ (ES laughs)

[1138] SL: we have four / no worries

[1139] ES: okay alright / done right / last thing / check list right / quickly right

opening ceremony / i think is okay / montage? / who’s doing the

montage? / in progress is it / the other thing is backdrop / forgot

about backdrop / for you know / backdrop is the backdrop lah

[1140] SM: for the opening

[1141] ES: yeah for the opening / or do we want the office to do it / backdrop

[1142] AN: you mean just do it on the projector

[1143] ES: yeah on the projector

[1144] AN: just put (xxx)

[1145] ES: yeah you have?

[1146] MS: but i think it’s better we have the real banner / so that we can (xxx)

[1147] ES: we have the banner / one banner for the language camp / okay one

banner / you know / but this is for the / for the opening ceremony /

so simple one right / opening ceremony / okay backdrop / the rest /

the equipment / office will handle / okay / canopy tables chairs for

refreshments / (xxx) there will be nasi minyak / i think nasi minyak

right / if i’m not mistaken / after the opening ceremony / er /

invitations / invitation will be internal right / i think the letter is out

already / seating arrangement right / we have to worry about the

seating arrangement as well / er / upstairs right / for the opening

ceremony

[1148] SL: who’s going to be in charge with that?

[1149] ES: the opening / the opening / the opening committee but then they

don’t have to do it / just inform the office

[1150] SL: just usher

[1151] ES: just inform the office to / to / you know

[1152] SL: we arranging the chairs or do what or who will do that

[1153] ES: the cleaners right / you don’t have to do that / just inform the office

/ the committee right / the / apa opening committee right / opening

committee

[1154] RS: mr. chairman / the banner there / why don’t we use the powerpoint?

/ to save money also

[1155] ES: where? / where do you want to project?

[1156] RS: in the in the opening ceremony

[1157] ES: the opening ceremony definitely we will use / that one / the

backdrop right / this is for the banner language camp

[1158] RS: oh outside

[1159] ES: yes / banner / so we have already place a booking for the banner /

it’s in progress / so seating arrangement i guess just inform the

office right / so how many chairs right / should be / arranged / okay

for the trip er / transportation okay done / transportation done / and

also standby van and drivers for bukit kluang / token appreciation / a

gift set for the / for the tadika is in progress / activities / okay we

have book / okay formation / the rest is in progress eh / rank sheets

(…) / okay surau / for the asar prayer / surau will be upstairs right /

Page 135: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

319

eh so we need / but we still need / we still need prayer mat / tikar

right / how / how how to get tikar? / tikar we have

[1160] SL: i asked masjid but they said its said difficult

[1161] ES: why don’t we get from mussolla right / musolla:::

[1162] SL: which musolla?

[1163] ES: musolla ada upstairs?

[1164] SL: but when i saw you know / the em / you know the pictures they had

/ apa tu (xxx) prayer /

[1165] ES: yeah last time right

[1166] SL: they just use their sejadah / that’s it

[1167] ES: so you ask them to bring along

[1168] SL: i don’t know / what say you?

[1169] SM: i think we prepare the / the mats / and they can bring their own

sejadah also / so::: those who has their own sejadah they can

[1170] SL:

where to get the mat?

[1171] ZN: tikar

[1172] SL: yeah tikar

[1173] SM: we don’t have here?

[1174] SL: don’t have here

[1175] ES: the the / sejadah is that / if they have sejadah / they have to / they

have to bring

[1176] SL: bring it everywhere

[1177] ES: have to leave it here right / their sejadah right / at the station

upstairs / and they only have one sejadah right / also want to pray in

their room / okay we won’t worry about it/ that that’s all / for me to

worry / that’s what for me to worry

[1178] SL: <me too>

@ <laughs>

[1179] ES: imam / imam who will to be imam? / students la / one of the

students / one of the students / MM?

[1180] MM: <tak layak>

@ <smiles>

[1181] SM: everyday they take turns / they take turns everyday / not the same

person

[1182] SL: it is encouraged that male staff / male staff / to / to / to lead / to

show examples

[1183] MM: <eh you guys are married>

@ <points to SM, FR and FD)

[1184] SL: <who said that / where’s the?>

@ <looks at MM>

[1185] SS: <eh (you’re going to get married / you’re going to be the head>)

@ <looks at MM>

@ (MM laughs)

[1186] ES: <i support you>

@ <laughs>

[1187] SM: you get married and (merit also)

@ (all laugh)

Page 136: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

320

[1188] ES: okay okay / for for / for the explore lit / okay / hampers / we haven’t

book / but we will do so / i think we need the / the list / for the

explore lit do you want mineral drinks or you want to rely on this /

air kotak ni? / mineral drinks we can buy / mineral bottles / mineral

drinks / you want mineral drinks? / yeah / five hundred millimeter

right / that will do / plus one one small bread / the one that costs

fifty cent gardenia

[1189] MM: <gardenia>

@ <laughs>

[1190] ES: gardenia / will do / and also maybe for bukit kluang hike right /

because no / no / no

[1191] AN: because there is no refreshment after they

came back from hiking

[1192] ES: yeah yeah / okay emergency kit eh we need that one eh / for bukit

kluang / put here okay / the rest i don’t know / permanent marker /

cloth right / cloth / this is for the flag is it ?

[1193] MM: yes

[1194] ES: stick / stick for what?

[1195] MS: stick for the flag

[1196] ES: don’t know what size eh?

[1197] MM: batang penyapu

[1198] ES: they give us penyapu / you cannot buy the batang penyapu right /

you need to buy

[1199] MM: you can do it in giant

[1200] MS: you go to hardware shop / and ask for the stick

[1201] ES: okay fine / i’ll do it / okay that’s about it / okay thank you / now

let’s come to other business / other business

[1202] MS: i just want to ask / er / ask about the hiking / what / what will the

students who are not going for the hiking will do?

[1203] ES: ha okay / good question

[1204] AN: they can probably enjoy the resort / and go to the beach in front of

the resort there / and relax

[1205] MS: i see / so

[1206] SM: i think what my suggestion / if like that / you don’t /

please don’t mention what they can do if they don’t go for hiking /

when everybody / er / up there / and then you / you give instruction

to them/ but of course / the merit / still count / those for the group /

who

[1207] ES: those who go right / so what you can do is (xxx) right?

pretend / pretend as if they have something to do (smiles)

[1208] SL: so during the real hiking there / how many facilitators

[1209] AN: as many as can go / if i feel like i can go that day / i will go

[1210] SL: meaning depends on that day? / the decision is

[1211] AN: for myself?

[1212] SL: the decision

[1213] AN: we have facilitators / how many facilitators will be / i assume (…)

/ so how many are going for the hiking?

[1214] SL: four

Page 137: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

321

[1215] SM: four

[1216] AN: <one two three four>

@ <counts the members who will go for hiking>

/ (MM?)

@ (MM nods head)

[1217] AN: one two three four

[1218] SL: one two three four / but we give / i give six

names right / last time

[1219] AN: one two three four five six

[1220] SL: <are you going?>

@ <looks at MM>

[1221] MM: <okay>

@ <nods head>

[1222] AN: oh we have seven now

[1223] ES: <JN?>

@ <looks at JN> / the hike / on / on the (19th

)

@ (JN nods head)

[1224] ES: <KM / cik KM?> / / hiking / on the 19th

@ <points to KM>

[1225] KM: what is that?

[1226] ES: the hiking

[1227] KM: why not?

[1228] SM: (<that’s the spirit>)

@ <claps hands>

@ (ES smiles)

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[1229] ES: okay / <okay AN> / excuse me / okay MS / you know / is it possible

to bring er / what / players

@ <looks at AN>

[1230] MS: = my players

[1231] ES: yeah players

[1232] MS: there are eleven of them / for the hiking / at least they can assist our

students / because they are enough for the hiking

[1233] AN: car players?

[1234] ZN: noo:::

[1235] FZ: netball players

[1236] AN: are they going to (play netball up top there?) / they are from uns or

outside?

@ (all laugh)

[1237] MS: they’re outside / they / they are state players

[1238] AN: i think that will be great / (…) but what is the logistics

[1239] ES: <SM

have no objection right?>

@ <looks at SM and smiles>

[1240] SM: i’m no problem with that

[1241] ES: yeah / <they only female right?>

@ <looks at MS>

Page 138: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

322

[1242] SM: the more the merrier

[1243] ZN: tapi macam / tu lah macam you cakap lah/

what’s the logistics

[1244] AN: logistics / we don’t worry about?

[1245] MS: that’s why / that’s why i’m asking / if let’s say if possible / for

them / they can go / and they help us / so not / to at least they might

need some food / that’s all / but er / they will go at the same day

[1246] ES: we don’t have food right? / we don’t have refreshement

[1247] AN: the only thing we have afterwards is the closing ceremony

[1248] SL: i think we will troublesome them to come seriously

[1249] MS: no because i’m the coach / and i am

[1250] SL: no no i know / i know / but

troublesome for them / and just that / i don’t know / are you / are

you think that we are (<unreliable?>)

@ <laughs>

@ (ZN laughs)

[1251] MS: no / because i was thinking / because just now we are counting / we

are counting of / er / those who are go for the hike right?

[1252] ZN: but we are already have eight

[1253] MS: it was a suggestion

[1254] SL: but we already have eight now / i think that would be okay / <JN /

JN / going JN?>

@ <looks at JN>

[1255] JN: yes

[1256] SL: <yeay>

@ <laughs>

[1257] ZN: kak JN is going as well / i think it’s enough la

[1258] MS: what if / er / i can handle er / their food / their transportation / can

they join us?

[1259] ES: well / i mean / bukit / <we don’t / we do not own> the / the the hill

so we can’t stop people you know / from coming

@ <laughs>

[1260] MS: at least there is group activity / if let’s say if the committee said it is

okay for them to join us

[1261] ES: i mean we can’t stop them

[1262] AN: i have no / no objection / but i don’t think we have anything to

offer them

[1263] SL: yeah in return

[1264] AN: i would like to but everything is (…)

[1265] MS: no need / as a coach / i see no need

[1266] SL: no i don’t know / i just feel bad

[1267] MS: no because they still have to go for / for activities that can help

them to (xxx) / the more people the more capabilities they can help

us / it will be better for the students (xxx)

[1268] FZ: <but but but / if anything happened to them?>

@ <looks at MS>

[1269] SM: <but if anything happened to them?>

@ <looks at MS>

Page 139: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

323

[1270] MS: their food is provided by the majlis sukan negeri / and the

transportation i think we can arrange with the msn / so i don’t think

we have problem

[1271] FR: if anything happened to them?

[1272] ES: MS will be just be responsible right?

[1273] MS: they just / they just / came back from hiking

[1274] ZN: <MS MS>

@ <looks at MS>

[1275] SM: if anything happened to them you will responsible for them?

[1276] MS: yes / yes

[1277] ES: yes / i guess the coach is responsible / not us right / because we can’t

stop them from / from going up the hill

[1278] SL: but the major agenda is just not / let’s say like / solidly for us

[1279] ZN: major agenda

[1280] AN: major agenda is is / we are going for hike / and we have our staff

members

[1281] SL: <i don’t know>

@ <laughs>

[1282] AN: i have physically able to students / it will be / you know it’s nice to

bring them and they help

[1283] MS: because / if only / there are only eight of us / facilitators will going

to assist the students / of / let’s say hundred students / er / during

hiking i don’t think (…) / if there is anything happened to the

students / eight of us is not enough / it is just not enough

[1284] SL: last time when we went for kapas also <how many of us you? / you

don’t know> / how many of us when we went to kapas? / less than

ten

@ <looks at MS>

[1285] MS: how many students? / how many students

[1286] SL: ha?

[1287] MS: how many students?

[1288] SL: almost the same / almost the same

[1289] ES: about the same lah / last time we have almost hundred

[1290] MS: this hiking / the track is it climbing up the / the hill / or is just (xxx)

[1291] AN:

no climb the hill / but there is stairs / its / its / stairs / basically / over

maybe fifteen minutes for solid climbing / so that’s quite/ if/ if you

not / if you are not used to it/ that is quite taxing / once you are at

the top up there / maybe you got initially thirty minutes (xxx) / thirty

minutes of walking along the top of the (xxx) up and down / having

the sun shades and then there’s a down large wakaf / we resting /

and then / and then / then you came down another maybe fifteen or

twenty minutes / of er / a roots walking (xxx) very sticky / down

down down and then you walk back to resort

[1292] RS: it’s a mickey mouse trail lah

[1293] AN: it’s a mickey mouse trail but / when you have to climb for fifteen

minutes straight / then it will problem / some will find it very taxing

[1294] RS: don’t stress yourself / climb for five minutes rest / and then climb

Page 140: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

324

again

[1295] AN: it’s a public / it’s no / do not enter / if you have heart problem / i

mean the track is there

[1296] RS: (the blind man can go up lah)

@ (all laugh)

[1297] SL: we when go to kapas there’s nothing / there’s not trail

[1298] AN: yeah / we follow the river

[1299] SL: yes / with the snakes

[1300] SM: the one with kapas / but i think we need males more / if anything

happened right / who knows right / in case to bring someone down

or what so ever

[1301] MM: we have the (nuri)

@ (ZN laughs)

[1302] ES: <you make the arrangement for that / when we are at the airbase /

you know>

@ <smiles>

[1303] AN: but / but / it’s not a trail that you can get lost on / its / its

[1304] SL: <why

don’t you try first? / eh / you’re not going right?>

@ <looks at MS>

[1305] AN: it’s like asking you to / to go lake from here

[1306] MS: just like in sekayu ke?

[1307] SM: macam style bukit besar

[1308] ZN: macam bukit besar

[1309] SM: bukit besar / but we have <three views all together>

@ <laughs>

[1310] MS: okay so / if there is the trail / i think / even / even / even if / the / the

student with extra weak can also join

[1311] AN: but it is / i’ve been up there / i have some people that they seem

fine / they are okay / but they get half way up / and all of the sudden

they get / <as you say / what was the word that you used?>

@ <looks at MS>

[1312] ZN: pancit

[1313] AN: yes / yes / then if you have only eight / or nine facilitators / and

you have twelve students like that all of the sudden / and got

mosquitoes everywhere / and those who are really want to go on/

then / then you will got trouble / but it’s not / we will get lost / it’s

not people will fall off / from the (xxx) / anything like that / okay /

as long as we stay away from the edge / it’s nice / it’s nice / i / i’m

quite confident (xxx) about it / but my those do not do physical

activities/ i would say they should go on with more appropriate (…)

/ but my / er / if / if i’m no objection to bring to help out / but i don’t

think we have anything to offer / i wish we did / but it’s their credit

[1314] MS: let’s say / it’s an activity for them train their fitness

[1315] AN: do they use english a lot?

[1316] MS: not really

[1317] AN: get them / force them to use English

[1318] MS: <yes yes>

Page 141: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

325

@ <nods head>

[1319] ES: any other? / <FZ?> / no question? er / ZN? / <FD?>

@ <points to FZ>

@ <points to FD and SM>

[1320] SM: just to remind the (xxx) members / third may / <eight thirty here /

here / here right?>

@ <looks at ES>

[1321] ES: yeah okay / FR? / montage eh / <SS> / dr. RR / em / em JN? / okay

/ that’s all / okay that’s all / thank you for your / for your /

contribution / let’s hope that our / our apa / our language camp will

be a success / and will run smoothly without any (xxx) / okay i

guess this is our only meeting / i don’t think there’s any more

meeting right / we have finalised a lot of things today / okay that’s

about it / so we shall end our meeting by reciting surah an-(nas) /

assalamualaikum

@ <looks at SS>

@ (all recite prayer)

END OF TRANSCRIPTION

APPENDIX E

Page 142: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

326

4. TRANSCRITION OF MEETING 4

The meeting is participated by junior and senior lecturers. In this meeting, KM is the

chairperson and she is a senior lecturer. Other senior lecturers are KD and SL. The junior

lecturers are WW, AL, FD, FH, DB, FR, NB, MS, FZ, NA and AZ.

[1] KM: ((…)) / okay so / our purpose today is actually to coordinate / the /

er / final exam / 1111 / so / er / when we look at section a / reading /

so the marks / is thirty five marks / er / i think we / em / we

shouldn’t question / the multiple choice one / because i think it’s

okay with that / but then / when erm / if let’s say you have questions

/ with section b / er no / no part b / actually part two i’m sorry /

section a / part two / maybe er / it’s a cloze reading by information

transfer / okay because / <yeah AL would you like to proceed>

@ (all recite prayer)

@ <looks at AL>

[2] AL: okay i’ll just proceed with part two / so have a look at part two

which is information transfer / er / if you look at your marking

scheme / question number eighteen / communication among people

decreases / so i’m sorry i forgotten to put interpersonal /

communication among decreases / question number eighteen

[3] SM: communication inter / interpersonal

[4] KM: okay so this one just like this interpersonal

[5] AL: interpersonal

communication / so just include interpersonal / er / for number

twenty one / there is another answer as well / so first of all is

insensitive to the suffering of other people / and then second if let’s

say they answer / prefer watching tv to talking to each other

[6] SL: majority answer that

[7] AL: yeah so it is accepted as well so it’s either

[8] SM: prefer watching

[9] AL: yeah / and then question number twenty two / i put there enough

there light / so i think the majority of them also said that the room

should be adequately lit / so that is accepted as well

[10] SM: the room what?

[11] AL: the room should be adequately lit

[12] KM: (…)

[13] AL: yeah that’s why / so let’s say if there is a spelling error / er / deduct

marks or what?

[14] KM: spelling error / okay if let’s say it is major / that means gross error /

Page 143: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

327

that mean we cannot even read / so i think / it’s worth to / to deduct

mark /

[15] AL: half mark / ya?

[16] KM: em / em this one is one mark each

[17] SM: spelling error / (…) ?

[18] KM: spelling error or incomprehensible / i mean / the word choice i

mean

[19] MS: it actually change the meaning

[20] KM: the word use is

incomprehensible / yeah

[21] MS: it change the meaning but it can be given half

[22] KM: change the meaning can be given half?

[23] MS: if the / the spelling error actually change the meaning

[24] KM: yes

change the meaning so i think half mark

[25] MS: half mark?

[26] AL: deduct

[27] MS: not zero? / because it change the meaning that means / it’s not / even

the answer

[28] KM: yeah okay

[29] SL: if it is not the answer then it is totally out

[30] AL: if it is

not the answer then it is out / but if let’s say / erm well i think /

because most of most of the answer / most of the answer they just

got it like copy and paste from the passage

[31] SL: yeah

[32] AZ: yeah

[33] AL: <so i think there is spelling error i think>

@ <looks at KM>

[34] KM: it is not accepted

[35] MS: no no for example / nineteen like watching tv / the answer is

watching tv / but instead of watching / washing

[36] SL: that is definitely out

[37] AL: <that is out>

@ <nods head>

[38] MS: so that’s what i mean

[39] KM: yeah / okay

[40] AL: so that is for part two / so i think that’s it

[41] KM: em / yeah no more right / so part three / i think so we have half

multiple choice / and also thirty two and thirty three / so as mention

here accept any possible answers / so use your own (…) so I think

the same thing applies / so let’s say their answer is not

comprehensible / okay they didn’t given / the answer right / so we

need to penalised that

[42] WW: but if the student answer yes instead of no / but the reason is strong /

can we accept it ? / because i have two students here

[43] KM: okay for answer thirty three er / we can accept any possible answer

<yeah AL?>

Page 144: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

328

@ <looks at AL>

[44] AL: <can you just read your answer?>

@ <looks at WW>

[45] WW: i think he would go back to mrs. wilson and explain the truth /

because the / the dead bird will / will produce a bad smell and the

women will found out / so when he explains it / the women may

angry with him because he tell the truth

[46] AL: yeah that’s okay i think / maybe the language

[47] FD: <how / how if

how if / the answer / the answer is / mention nothing about the bird

and the>

@ <looks at KM>

[48] KM: oh it’s not mention about so ever about the bird?

[49] FD: said about / said about / because something else / not because

[50] KM: not

because of the bird but something else / thirty two or three ?

[51] SL: thirty two lah

[52] FD: thirty two

[53] KM: thirty two / em

[54] AL: can just give one example?

[55] FD: for example

[56] SL: <could you read /

could you read?>

@ <looks at FD>

[57] KM: yes could you read it

[58] FD: because iwan cannot think about the job and the carpet (xxx) he fell

sick because of / er / no one appreciated his job

[59] SL: therefore it is

out / it’s about the cleaning yeah / totally / it’s about the cleaning

[60] KM: yeah anything else?

[61] AL: i think for number thirty two / and number thirty three you just have

to read the passage in order to / to

[62] SL: <yes>

@ <looks at AL>

[63] AZ: <yes>

@ <nods head>

[64] KM: okay / actually / we don’t have many problem / we don’t have many

questions i think / because we have already grade mark / actually

the thing i give the answer actually very quickly that day / because

actually i hope that dr. NS will give the apa ni / the the / scripts

earlier / so that yesterday / we we have / yesterday / right / so we

don’t have time to mark and then can foresee things / but then by

having this today so maybe we don’t have many questions to ask /

because we just come across a few scripts / <kak HM?> / so any

further questions for this / no? / part two okay eh? / okay / so we

move on to / em section b / writing / yeah / so we do have two

scripts / the two sample scripts / so i have provided er / (what do we

Page 145: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

329

call as good one / and the / this is considered as a poor one) / okay

so let / let’s read then the paper in a few minutes / and we need

to tick think for the thesis statements / okay where is the thesis

statement for / a quite good paper ye / and maybe we need to

underline it / and we will discuss whether it is acceptable or not right

/ and then we move on to the supporting details / so i think we need

to underline that first / okay before we discuss this

@ <looks at the person at the front door>

@ (AL distributes papers to all participants)

[65] SL: i found some ways

[66] AZ: i found some ways

[67] FD: <i found some

ways>

@ <looks at KM>

[68] KM: yeah okay

[69] SL: the conclusion is too long / eh sorry the introduction is too long

[70] KM: yeah okay / so like this / let’s read first okay

[71] SL: oh okay

[72] KM: let’s read all things / and then please / look at the marking scheme /

and then we’ll decide how many marks we should give / to (xxx)

that

(ALL READ)

[73] KM: so anybody would like to volunteer to give marks?

[74] FZ: <kak SL>

@ <looks at SL>

[75] SL: er / i reward thesis statement two

[76] KM: okay hang on

[77] AZ: which one?

[78] SL: the good one the good one

[79] KM: the good one eh / thesis statement

two

[80] SL: supporting details i give seven / organisation

[81] KM: hang on hang on /

(<i would like to write>)

@ <key in the mark in a computer>

@ (SL laughs)

[82] SL: organisation five

[83] KM: five / convention

[84] SL: convention four

[85] KM: four

[86] SL: concluding sentence one

[87] KM: one / okay any others? / so that means total

twenty?

[88] KM: <twenty eh SL>

@ <looks at SL>

[89] SL: (is it twenty?)

@ (KM counts the marks)

[90] SL: nineteen

Page 146: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

330

[91] KM: okay nineteen / okay next / okay next

[92] NA: thesis statement three

[93] KM: hang on hang on / three / yes

[94] NA: supporting details eight

[95] KM: oh sorry sorry

[96] WW: wow (baiknya kak NA)

@ (KM laughs)

[97] KM: eight

[98] NA: yes

[99] KM: okay

[100] NA: organisation five

[101] KM: five / as well

[102] NA: er / conclusion eh

[103] KM: convention convention

[104] SL: convention

[105] NA: convention four

[106] KM: four

[107] NA: conclusion is two

[108] KM: concluding sentence is two

[109] NA: so overall is twenty two

[110] KM: twenty two / wow

[111] NA: <FZ?>

@ <looks at FZ>

[112] WW: mine one is same with kak SL except for concluding sentence / i

give two

[113] KM: okay that mean / okay hang on for a while / okay two we have here /

seven

[114] SL: seven

[115] WW: five

[116] SL: five

[117] KM: here?

[118] SL: four

[119] FZ: (four)

@ (WW nods head)

[120] KM: four as well? / four and two

[121] SL: two

[122] KM: okay so we need one more right / i think we need two more so we

can see the difference

[123] SM: mine is same <with NB>

@ <points to NB>

[124] KM: okay so

[125] SM: mine same

[126] AL: mine

[127] KM: okay okay / <one by one>

@ <looks at AL>

[128] AL: okay thesis statement three

[129] KM: three

[130] AL: supporting paragraph seven / organisation five / convention four /

Page 147: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

331

concluding sentence one

[131] KM: <this one er AL?>

@ <looks at AL>

[132] AL: yeah yeah / <one>

@ <shows number one using her finger>

[133] KM: (one okay)

@ (WW counts the marks)

[134] WW: so twenty

[135] KM: so is / twenty / <yang this one berapa tadi WW it should be?>

@ <looks at WW>

[136] WW: <twenty>

@ <looks at KM and nods head>

[137] KM: and AL also?

[138] WW: <twenty>

@ <looks at KM and nods head>

[139] KM: so maybe one more / SM you would like to

[140] SM: no mine same is

<NB>

@ <points to NB>

[141] KM: oh same with NB / <so three / hang on hang on / here eight>

@ <key in the marks in the computer>

[142] WW: five

[143] SM: four / two

[144] KM: the same thing also four

[145] WW: two

[146] KM: this one two

[147] WW: twenty two

[148] KM: okay / so what can we say from here? / what can we say from here? /

em / meaning we disagreed on supporting paragraph

[149] AL: thesis

statement

[150] FZ: thesis statement

[151] NB: thesis statement

[152] FR: thesis statement

[153] KM: thesis statement / okay we start with / we begin with thesis statement

first / some of us gave two / some of us gave three / so actually i

would like to ask for those who give three / what is the rationale /

for giving three marks / awarding three marks

[154] SL: we are not only talking at the thesis statement / we are also looking

at the introduction yeah

[155] KM: we are looking at two things here

[156] SL: yeah two things

[157] KM: one about the thesis statement but then / intro / so anyone anybody

would like to give the rationale?

[158] FR: the introduction

[159] NB: (the introduction is like a whole story already)

@ (AZ laughs)

[160] KM: what is it? / i’m sorry

Page 148: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

332

[161] NB: introduction is like a whole story already

[162] KM: oh the whole story? / so explain things

[163] SL: she’s already yeah

[164] WW: summarise everything

[165] MS: but it can her style / it is / it just / she is just trying / you know /

introduction can be many kinds of introduction / so maybe / her her

approach by telling story as the introduction / (so stories it can’t be

two or three sentences)

@ (KM and WW nod head)

[166] SL: yeah but it can’t be this long

[167] MS: why can’t? / introduction can be

[168] SL: because we are looking

[169] MS:

<any long>

@ <looks at SL>

[170] SL: <yeah there are seven ways of introduction one of it is story / or or /

personal personal experience / but its too long we are looking at how

/ how i overcome / and looking at the supporting details / not much

supporting details given / as as compared to the introduction>

@ <looks at SL>

[171] FR: because the most important thing is the thesis statement

[172] MS: so

supporting details should should be

[173] SL: more than introduction

[174] MS: yeah / so in terms of the supporting details / she she / can be

penalised / for for / supporting details but

[175] SL: i’m not penalising

the supporting details i’m penalising on the introduction

[176] MS: why? / because it’s not wrong right?

[177] SL: it’s not wrong but it’s too long / we are looking at the thesis

statement

[178] MS: what / what if the introduction is long / and the supporting details is

longer the introduction?

[179] SL: then we can award more for the supporting details

[180] MS: then why didn’t you er / deduct the introduction

[181] SL: mind you because we are we are looking at three hundred and fifty

words / if it is more / if it is more put in the introduction / what

about / the other details?

[182] MS: then we deduct the details / the supporting details why shouldn’t

we deduct the introduction?

[183] AZ: we didn’t deduct the introduction

because the details are everything about it

[184] SL: yeah we are talking about how

[185] AZ: how

[186] SL: so / so we are not

looking

[187] FR: <introduction / introduction is not a thesis statement / but thesis

statement can be an introduction>

Page 149: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

333

@ <looks at MS>

[188] MS: <yeah yeah / introduction

is>

@ <looks at FR>

[189] FZ: and we are looking at thesis statements the most important part

[190] AZ: we need to remember when it comes to the introduction / we

should bring it award / more on the thesis statement itself / not on

the general statement / focus on the thesis statement

[191] FD: on the thesis

statement / the story itself is not important compared to the thesis

statement

[192] AZ: ha

[193] MS: of course it is not important but / to penalise for have it long / i don’t

think that’s the way

[194] FD: i don’t think it is penalising

[195] SL: it’s not penalising / it’s a way

[196] FD:

because it is not precise / because we are looking at precision of the

thesis statement / we are not penalising because it is long

[197] AZ:

whether it is related to the thesis statement enough

[198] KD: (good introduction but less precise)

@ (all looks at KD)

[199] MS: er / then / that can be accepted / but to say that she cannot get three

because of the long introduction / i don’t agree

[200] SL: not precise

[201] AZ:

not precise

[202] FD: not because it is long

[203] MS: because introduction can be long

[204] AZ: so

if i want to change my marks / i’m going to give it (two) / so my

marks will be twenty one

@ (all laugh)

[206] KD: so it means i give two also

[207] KM: because we notice three lines / for introduction

[208] SL: yes / and i hope when you teach in class / the same thing you tell

your students that don’t talk too much on the introduction / but focus

on thesis statement

[209] AZ: thesis statement

[210] KM: okay / that’s the first part / we have moderated / i hope / so we move

to the supporting paragraphs / so we have two marks here / seven

and eight / so / why seven and why eight as well?

[211] SL: seven is still outstanding / still outstanding / still appropriate details /

to support topics / but to me why i award seven / looking at /

appropriate second / second details / spend some of my leisure time /

which is practice frequently / imagine myself / that is how / and

then for the third one / how i overcome public speaking / practicing

Page 150: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

334

in front of my family / they tell me when i should do that’s it / that’s

only one supporting details / the rest is elaboration / the same thing

goes to / the first / the first supporting details / is to believe in my

own self / but i don’t see the the how there / i don’t see the how

there / how to believe in / in / in own self

[212] KM: that mean you mean not enough elaboration

[213] SL: not enough

elaboration

[214] KM: to support the / er / topic sentence

[215] SL: it’s just that / aa not enough

[216] AZ: for me not that it is not enough / but i mean you can have / ample

explanation using / er / less sentences / than this but the way the

students / lengthen by / elaborating it

[217] SL: ha lengthen it / lengthen by elaborating

[218] AZ: it can be more weakness

actually

[219] FD: seems to be like / it like dragging the story

[220] SL: supposed to be how

[221] KD: how how

[222] SL: it supposed to be how / they do it / for instance to believe in own

self but how / i don’t know / please agree with me or please disagree

with me how

[223] AL: yeah it is not really stated here how isn’t it but very good for the

second one / erm / practicing in front of the mirror / very good there

are enough / the same thing with number three / i don’t see where /

how it is done / except for / they tell me the thing i should do /

whenever i felt nervous / the rest is just dragging

[224] NB: (… )

[225] SL: yeah that’s the reason why i reward seven / still outstanding / still

appropriate

[226] KM: yeah still outstanding but enough elaboration / er / so anybody give

eight / maybe / so you think / <you feel like what now? / is it okay

(with seven?>)

@ <looks at NB>

@ (all laugh)

[227] NB: i would stick with eight

[228] KM: yeah / maybe you should tell us why

[229] NB: okay / because looking at the/ the supporting details are all there

[230] KM:

okay which one / which supporting details all?

[231] NB: okay the first one

[232] KM: the first one?

[233] NB: is stated / although /

maybe elaboration for the first one / is not that good / but for the

second and third is yes

[234] KM: second and third yes

[235] NB: er / ample

Page 151: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

335

explanation there / er / for body language / practice frequently /

standing in front of mirror and

[236] SL: the second one is clear but not in the first and third

[237] NB: but i still i think i’ll give her eight / it’s clear / (her or he here?)

@ (SL laughs)

@ (KM smiles)

[238] KM: okay so / we can see that / clear? / any objection / no? / yeah so we

should proceed with organisation i think no problem

[239] SL: yes okay

[240] AL: okay

[241] KM: yes we are / are the same boat / and this

convention as well

[242] MS: <excuse me / i would like to ask you / er /

what what / is the differences by saying specifically clear and

connected details / and clear and connected only?>

@ <looks at KM>

[243] KM: which one / organisation?

[244] MS: yes / yes / organisation / what do you mean by specifically clear

and connected and three / and three to four / clear and connected

only / without the word specifically

[245] KM: okay so without the word specifically / i think it’s the thing is like

this / you make use of what/ we call as coherence cohesive devices

so that it is very clear/ it’s very smooth / right / so we can see

everything / every single sentence starting from the / introduction

paragraph / until the end its well connected / well likert / with the

use of discourse markers actually

[246] SL: discourse markers

[247] KM: we would like to see the discourse markers / use very well

[248] MS: that is specifically?

[249] KM: yeah

[250] MS: but what about the clear and connected

[251] KM: <em?>

@ <looks at MS>

[252] MS: clear and connected only / that mean they use it / we can notice the

flow but

[253] SL: less frequent of discourse markers

[254] MS: again?

[255] SL: less use of discourse markers

[256] KM: less use of discourse markers /

<yeah welcome / so tuan haji JA is not feeling well today> / (so)

okay / erm / so yeah alright / MS / well / conventions no problem / i

mean any / anything you would like to ask about why one to two is

like that / three to four / is standing is like this / that mean / and then

five / that mean that mean / the difference between perfect or near

perfect / i think it’s okay right? / er

@ <addresses a participant at the front door>

[257] SL: which one?

[258] KM: i mean convention / i mean mechanics / grammar / words usage / i

Page 152: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

336

mean the criteria for giving the students/ like that / i mean with the

word perfect between the near perfect / i mean the effective word

usage choice / it’s okay right?

[259] SL: em / just remind / just something to share with you guys / when

you mark on the convention / don’t look at the grammar as the major

thing

[260] KM: major thing

[261] SL: i would suggest you look at their use of language for instance

[262] KM: word usage

[263] SL: yes word usage the word choice / you know shivering body and

triggering / you know / very lovely / and how they / he or she /

managed to put it / balanced / parallel / the word combat / i don’t

think the other student done the same thing here / would has used

[264] KM: so meaning / we consider stylistic

[265] SL: yes yes

[266] KM: we call it stylistic is taking into account here / when it comes to / er /

what do we call marking (xxx) papers / in terms of word usage

[267] MS: but i thought we’re looking at grammar / but if the students have

this kind of word / it will give her extra marks / you mean / so let’s

say she has a lot of grammatical errors so maybe she’s will get three

or four,/ but because of those word choice / <she can go four or five

instead of three the lower>

@ <looks at KM>

[268] KM: yes i think that apply

[269] MS: so / so for me / we should look at grammar first / and then if let’s

say the students have / er / good / word choice / then she can be

given extra marks for that

[270] AZ: <but then again you need to depend on the students / are you really

teaching them grammar in terms of the whole semester / we are not /

doing that too much in the class itself / unless you are doing it /

when you are doing it / i mean when you are tackling the essay itself

/ if you are using the narrative essay / this is the types of grammar

that you need to use then you can evaluate / (depends on your

students and the your teaching itself / if you are more on grammar

then you should tackle / i mean the marks itself should be awarded

on marks / because we have / kind of level of different / so it

depends on the class>)

@ <looks at MS)

@ (WW and SL nod heads)

[271] MS: but er / we still should look at grammar / because/ even / even

though we don’t really teach them grammar explicitly in class / but

when we teach the essays / we actually involve them with the use of

grammar right?

[272] AZ: yes / but then again it depends on how you want to mark your

students

[273] FR: depends on the class

[274] AZ: because really / you need to depends on the class / in this stage /

Page 153: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

337

because if i’m mistaken / this is the first time / we really tackling the

essays itself like have the writing portfolio because (before this / we

never have this kind) (…)

@ (all laugh)

[275] KM: marking by impression

[276] AZ: yes / so it depends on you / if you

think you have you have already did enough in your class in terms

of grammar / then yes / your students should be aware of this /

alright / but / if some of us / we have so poor students / in terms of

grammar / even though we teaching them so many times / but they

are doing the same mistakes over and over again

[277] FD: just keep in mind they

are university students not school students

[278] WW: <yes / yes>

@ <nods head>

[279] FD: the kind of teaching is different / same with grading also

[280] MS: of course / of course / because it is English / grammar should cannot

be separated / right?

[281] AL: okay / i think i understand what are you saying / okay / so focus on

the grammar i think

[282] MS: because it’s just five marks from the

grammar / so why shouldn’t we look at the grammar / it’s not like

all the twenty five is based / it should be related / should be relates

with grammar itself / because it’s only five

[283] AL: but we are talking about convention / so it includes as well the

grammar / the language used

[284] SL: spelling / (…)

[285] AL: the vocab

used as well because i think

[286] MS: because / because / just now kak

SL

said / we should not looking at grammar / we look only at word

choice

[287] SL: i said not only / but in looking at this / this is very outstanding essay

because

[288] AZ: (…) impressive

[289] SL: (yes yes)

@ (AL nods head)

[290] MS: that’s why i said / that’s why i said / we should look at the grammar

but she has good choice of words then it can be extra marks

[291] SL: but that is not the gist / that is not the gist / i mean looking solely at

the grammar / if you were to assess only on grammar / only on

grammar again / <i’m agree with AZ it would be unfair to the

students>

@ <points to AZ>

[292] MS: of course / of course it is not solely on grammar / that’s why i said /

em / and we cannot solely / only other extra things / it should be

combine together / all together

Page 154: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

338

[293] SL: <yes yes>

@ <nods head>

[294] KM: so anybody else would like to say things? / yeah / so we had to reach

a conclusion that / we need / we need to take into of this three things

/ all together / not solely focusing on grammar alone

[295] SL: yes / yes

[296] KM: okay / so shall we move on to the last one / concluding sentence /

okay / there is what we call the difference also / because some for

example / give one and / some give two / so we need to define this

also / yes anybody would like to / SM / why you for example you

give two SM / okay why is that? / okay / <we need to listen from

you>

@ <looks at SM>

[297] SM: okay for me / even though this is not the complete one / the / the

[298] KM:

actually we miss just / just the bottom actually (…)

[299] SM: alright / so i give this person two / because er / it’s not / the person

what / restate everything / restate everything / so i think it is clear

cut for me / so that’s why i award two

[300] KM: so meaning the author actually used what we called as / kind / it’s

not summarising / what we call as / restatement or summarising

[301] WW: restatement

[302] KM: restatement right / restatement / and then / do you think that the

elaboration / each time below / is appropriate that you awarded two

marks / is that because of this?

[303] SM: yes

[304] KM: so SL would you like to explain why

[305] SL: i don’t know / i’ve been teaching my students to restate / the thesis

statement

[306] KM: thesis statement

[307] SL: erm like / for instance / believing in own self / looking in the /

frequent practice in front of mirror / is specifically

[308] SM: but mine are

[309] KM: actually there are / two / two ways to do this / the first one is

summarising / the point or / restate the thesis statement

[310] WW: but / but / if you look at at the thesis statement itself / it didn’t / the

author didn’t state what are the ways / she just wrote some ways

[311] SM:

some ways

[312] WW: so i think / she::: mistake the thesis statement by practically use all

of the ways above

[313] SL: that’s why i / i / the thesis statement i put it as two / because it

doesn’t state / <by right she’s state here / that’s the reason why>

@ <smiles and laughs>

[314] SM: you put two

[315] KM: which one?

[316] SL: that’s why the thesis statement / (xxx) you know / believing in my

Page 155: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

339

own self / looking at the in front of the mirror / self practice is a

ways i / practice my public speaking / if the student state here / then

so i will award / sorry three / for the thesis statement / meaning it

will put there back here / in the conclusion / that’s the reason why i

award one

[317] SM: also it depends on the teaching style right also / because sometimes

you mention

[318] AZ: yeah / when you mention so many times and

students make the same mistake / okay so meaning that / they really

not concentrating in the class (…)

[319] SM: so you focus on that particular thing / in writing the introduction /

and in the conclusion right?

[320] AZ: cause we have writing portfolio / you have to remember / kalau

mistake jugak then

[321] SL: so can we / can come up / with the / with

the consensus? / what are the ways we should be assessing / thesis

statement should be indirect same thing with

[322] FR: (…) depends on our teaching

[323] SL: that’s why we need to come to a consensus here

[324] KM: oh yeah / okay

[325] SM: but i don’t (xxx) my students which / they can choose actually / and

then for the conclusion / and the / the what / the introduction / so

that not the only one type / they practicing one type

[326] SL: but thesis statement we must mention

[327] SM: thesis statement yes /but

for introduction / thesis statement yes / (…) let’s say some ways we

can consider as a thesis statement also / but not / like what / er /

some of my leisure time / i will spend my leisure time / what

[328] AL: not all

the details

[329] SM: yes not all the details

[330] KM: definitely okay / yes / a thesis statement is not very specific /it has to

be somehow what we call as general and specific / but it has to be

firm / this is the / the criteria for / devising a thesis statement / it has

to be firm / but it has actually to kind of / what we call / providing a

leeway for the students to / elaborate in the supporting / details / but

in here for example / i found some ways so we expect this particular

student will explain / what ways / okay / so by looking at the

concluding sentence here / in short / by practically use all of the

ways / so i think this is repetition / so this is kind of restatement / so

i think for the concluding sentence is

[331] SL: should be two

[332] KM: yes should be two / because she also elaborated well i think / so /

any others / would like / <AL you would like to say things> / <or

one and a half?> / instead of two

@ <looks at AL> /

@ <laughs>

[333] SM: can we put one and a half?

Page 156: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

340

[334] KM: okay of course / (sure) / yes i mean not exactly

@ (all laugh)

[335] SM: <so you want to be in the (middle right?>)

@ <looks at NB>

@ (all laugh)

[336] KD: c’mon

[337] KM: okay c’mon / half a mark

[338] AZ: pity the students

[339] KD:

give two / why need the half half?

[340] AZ: i think as long as (…)

[341] KD: yeah / your student can write like this i mean (…)

[342] KM: so it’s like that / so my message is like this la / i don’t want to say

too lenient / but then somehow / considering things / we need

somehow lah ye / by looking it’s not the bombastic word / but then

the stylistic way of putting words / i think is up to the standard / so /

yes / so i think that’s it actually / we don’t have a lot / to coordinate /

so / er / yeah / so i think the promoted score / that’s mean the total /

section a and section b / almost sixty times twenty/ yes so /

<someone like to say thing FD?>

@ <looks at FD>

[343] FD: say what?

[344] AZ: (<say what?>)

@ <imitates FD and laughs>

@ (SL, ZN and WW laugh)

[345] KM: because we are towards the end now

[346] SL: we don’t need to say for

the poor right?

[347] KM: yeah would you like to go for the poor ones?

[348] WW: (i don’t know how

to give marks)

@ (all laugh)

[349] KM: okay sorry / i forgot / so yeah / very excited with the good one

[350] SL: yes

[351] KM: and forgot about the poor one / so we will do the same thing / we

will read / and / all of us / give the mark there

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[352] KD: <takda yang tajuk sama ke? / the good and the bad / i mean based

from the same topic>

@ <looks at KM>

[353] KM: oh / so i need to / macam tu

[354] KD: it’s very easy to apa tu / compare

[355] KM: okay i need to browse / from my file as well lah / do you have the

sample? / do you have the same / can you locate your poor student?

[356] SL: for what?

[357] KM: with the same topic

[358] SL: same topic

Page 157: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

341

[359] KM: the same topic yeah / i need to (…)

[360] SM: just open today

[361] KM: yeah

[362] WW: most of my students were / facebook

[363] KM: facebook?

[364] WW: facebook

[365] SM: the internet social

[366] WW: yeah the internet social

[367] KM: oh they’re brilliant / they don’t have with me i think

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[368] KM: i don’t think that many students will write this topic

[369] WW: yes

[370] KM: i think the least / preferable topic i think / yeah i don’t think

[371] WW: i have this one but i don’t know whether it is poor or good

[372] KM: you can read / you can know right

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[373] KD: <kalau the same topic senang sikit>

@ <looks at KM>

[374] KM: but then / but then unluckily kak KD / my student that is the best

that’s why i put (…)

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[375] WW: <this one kak KM> / ((…))

@ <shows a sample of essay to KM>

@ (KM goes to WW and reads the essay)

[376] KM: okay i think i will take yours / because no thesis statement

[377] WW: yeah no thesis statement / (the only student who buat this one)

@ (KM takes sample from WW and go out to make copies of

that)

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[378] WW: (no / it’s not locked)

@ (DB push the door)

[379] WW: boleh / yang second lock

[380] AZ: you kena push / push

[381] FH: atas tu

[382] WW: atas kot

[383] FH: DB hok tu tak buka tu

[384] AL: just go to the front door there

[385] FH: atas tu / atas tu

[386] DB: i know but it cannot go::: it cannot go::: anymore

[387] SM: it cannot go then don’t go

[388] KD: my dear::: (you are not supposed to go out that way that’s why)

@ (all laugh)

[389] DB: (…) if i go that way i can go / <okay fine>

@ <goes to the front door>

Page 158: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

342

[390] WW: maybe / maybe the door is locked

[391] SM: the door is (seal)

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

@ (KM enters and distributes the paper)

[392] SL: <hi gang / today i want to share to all of you / eh hok sapa ni hi gang

?>

@ <reads the essay>

[393] KD: hi gang / (<speaking::: / speaking:::>)

@ <laughs>

@ (all laugh)

(OVERLAPPING TALK INVOLVES MORE THAN THREE

SPEAKERS)

[394] WW: maybe it’s like / she’s imagine she did a public speaking

[395] SM: because of the word public speaking so

[396] WW: i think / i think this girl did / a public / what / individual presentation

on public speaking

[397] KM: actually / they the word overcome / maybe meant to be narrative

essay / actually then / with the experience / what is that / over /

overcoming the fear of the public speaking

[398] SL: (come on with me now)

@ (all laugh)

[399] SM: i want to share

[400] NB: in front of middle

[401] SM: di hadapan tengah tengah penonton

[402] AZ: oh yes

[403] KD: NB / (penat penat depan cermin / dia pergi tengah cermin) / don’t

you understand?

@ (all laugh)

[404] AZ: practice make (prefect)

@ (all laugh)

[405] SM: typo typo

[406] SL: miss mana <yang ajar ni?>

@ <laughs>

[407] AZ: <miss WW>

@ <points to WW and laughs>

[408] FH: WW / (<miss is popular and good orchestra in public speaking>)

@ <reads the sentence>

@ (all laugh)

[409] NB: <orchestra WW>

@ <laughs>

[410] WW: sabar je lah / <aku cari juga hamba Allah ni>

@ <laughs>

[411] FZ: tapi dia boleh buat panjang macam ni

[412] SL: panjang / it’s good enough

[413] KM: this is a very good example / what do we call / word choice

[414] KD: oh i’m having the hard time here

[415] FR: very confident lah this person

Page 159: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

343

[416] KD: (<firstly i must confident / then i can do it>)

@ <looks to FR>

@ (FR laughs)

[417] WW: that’s the problem when i mark my student essay / they have the

confident but the language they used

[418] KD: ok thesis statement and introduction

[419] KM: okay let’s go so / anyone would like to go?

[420] NB: can i?

[421] SL: please

[422] KD: by all means

[423] FZ: next person is (<miss WW>)

@ <laughs>

@ (all laugh)

[424] KD: actually WW should go first

[425] NB: 1.5

[426] KM: who is it now?

[427] SL: NB

[428] KM: 1.5 / okay supporting paragraph

[429] NB: three

[430] KM: a three? / yes next / okay next organisation

[431] NB: three

[432] KM: hang on hang on / organisation also three

[433] NB: convention two / concluding one

[434] KD: make it eleven

[435] NB: (…) (but i mean i need the pleasure)

@ (all laugh)

[436] KM: okay next / next / next / <WW what about you>

@ <looks at WW>

[437] WW: i haven’t give mark yet / not yet

[438] KM: yeah you very excited

[439] WW: i have to

[440] SL: can i?

[441] KM: ha okay

[442] SL: the rest is the same / it’s the same / eh no sorry / the first one thesis

statement / and the introduction i give one

[443] KM: <one one> / okay next

@ <key in the marks in the computer>

[444] SL: supporting details same with NB / organisation three

[445] KM: three

[446] SL: it’s just that convention i give three

[447] KM: okay very lovely to hear that / okay next

[448] SL: same / also one

[449] KM: so meaning

[450] FR: eleven

[451] KM: eleven eh? / alright / <anybody DB?>

@ <looks at DB>

[452] DB: if like / i myself can’t bring myself to give any marks / if this kind of

Page 160: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

344

paper / i have to mark / this is going to be the last one / (where i will

be become more calm) / and i’ll be more generous

@ (SM laughs)

[453] SM: depend on the mood

[454] DB: yes / very much

[455] AL: <okay i give mine then> / one / two / three /

two / two

@ <looks at KM>

[456] KM: hang on hang on two

[457] AL: <two / one> / so (nine)

@ <counts the mark>

@ (KM key in the marks in the computer)

[458] WW: mine one is one a half / three / two / three and one /

[459] KM: okay one more / some more who would like / to share the marks?

[460] SM: WW?

[461] WW: dah

[462] KM: yeah WW done already

[463] WW: done already

[464] KM: <FD?>

@ <looks at FD>

[465] WW: <KD?>

@ <laughs>

[466] KD: aa / FD / FD / mine is eleven

[467] KM: thesis statement FD?

[468] FD: one / supporting paragraph i would give <four>

@ <all say wow>

[469] FD: organisation three / conventions two / concluding sentence / one

[470] KM: concluding sentence one

[471] WW: <one one four five / eleven>

@ <counts the marks>

[472] KM: so eleven eh / one five / eight / eleven / so alright / er we got five /

ya / one two / three / four / five / yes so we look at the thesis

statement first / so / for example / a difference is zero point five /

with the difference one / and one point five / how is it there / you

would like to stay with one or one point five ? / why one point five

actually? / it’s very interesting

[473] SL: who’s giving NB and the other one?

[474] WW: me

[475] KM: okay WW WW

[476] WW: even though i told them hundred times in the class / they have to

state their points in thesis statement / but i assume / er / so i try to

do my best way so i can overcome my fear / that is the thesis

statement

[477] KM: okay

[478] WW: okay / and em/ for the introduction / i think this person uses a story/

Page 161: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

345

story isn’t it? / story method / she tell a story about when i standard

six / (…) / so that is why i gave her / actually one / one is for

introduction / or zero point five is for thesis statement actually

[479] KM: zero point five is the thesis statement / and one is for introduction /

okay actually / we need actually somehow / come to a consensus

here / em / okay / like this / actually somehow the most important

thing here is what?

[480] WW: thesis statement

[481] KM: thesis statement right / okay / can we agree

somehow that / this is a thesis statement / or what?

[482] AZ: i don’t think this is a thesis statement (…)

[483] FR: (…) it is only / at the introduction / there’s no thesis statement

[484] SL:

even / even / when you talk about introduction if you read through /

er / hi gang / i want share with all of you my about future ambition /

actually all of you have future ambition / first second third fourth

fifth / then in the seventh line then she talk about i can’t overcome

my fear when public speaking / so i think the rest of the introduction

/ doesn’t tell about the public speaking

[485] KM: doesn’t account at all i think

[486] SL: yes / that’s why we award

[487] KM: so actually / so when we come to introductory part / the first thing

we should take look at is / the thesis statement

[488] SL: thesis statement

[489] KM: right away / if the thesis statement does not take into account /which

is does not consider as thesis statement so / i think we should / can

we say that we should

[490] AZ: put (…)

[491] KM: that is the way on how

to mark right

[492] KD: i think the most you can go give is (…)

[493] KM: yeah

[494] KD: i cannot find the thesis statement because you have to go with her /

to find the thesis statement / (<c’mon with me>) / i cannot find the

thesis statement here / sorry

@ <reads the sentence with intonation>

@ (all laugh)

[495] SL: there’s no <zero to one> / zero to one?

@ <laughs>

[496] KM: maybe WW can because her student / she always <accompany her

student>

@ <laughs>

[497] KD: i got the same feeling with WW / maybe WW / this is my student /

he or she deserve this / so i think that / that / but then we need to be

a strict a little bit on determining on the thesis statement

[498] AZ: yes

[499] WW:

Page 162: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

346

yes

[500] KD: i don’t think there is a thesis statement

[501] AZ: but one is good enough / nasib baik takde zero /so if i don’t have the

introduction / still you can award one

[502] SL: if if you / you ask me now why i give one / because i couldn’t find

the thesis statement / but i think she’s started to say but i don’t know

where i realised / that’s the only thing i award because of

introduction

[503] KM: introduction

[504] SL: none on the thesis statement

[505] SM: so that’s the point she realised right?

[506] SL: yeah at least there is something on public speaking / fear public

speaking

[507] KM: so that means this student actually / should actually deserve 1.5

[508] SM: i agree with you actually

[509] SL: yeah actually but then (kesian)

@ (all laugh)

[510] KD: kesian / so

[511] WW: so one? / one

[512] KM: so we leave one / so we move on to supporting paragraph / only

[513] SL:

<FD FD>

@ <looks at FD>

[514] KM: <ha FD / ha okay / why four instead of three?>

@ <looks at FD>

[515] FD: maybe i see / the marks for the supporting details is one to nine / so

(…) / the way i see the way i give marks / is three marks for each

paragraph / meaning one mark for the topic sentence two marks for

the (…) / so according to the paragraphs here / from what that i can

see / the second paragraph is / er / slightly better than the rest / that

deserves two

[516] SL: better in what sense?

[517] FD: er / some extra elaboration perhaps / compared to the rest paragraphs

/ because i can see the idea there

[518] KD: <i will improve my actions

style and eye contact>

@ <reads the essay>

[519] WW: comfortable

[520] KM: so like this / the second paragraph / secondly / i will practice myself

in front of middle right

[521] FD: in front of middle

[522] KM: so the question is / this one is crucial as well / em / okay this one /

the rest / do you think that the rest / support the topic sentence or

not?

[523] AZ: second paragraph ke?

[524] KM: second paragraph / because FD mention second paragraph is quite

okay right

[525] WW: i / er / okay / okay sorry / em / this is not because he or she is my

Page 163: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

347

student / but i can from the / okay / so let’s say if i didn’t read the

first sentence / i mean the topic sentence / i can know that he or she

is practicing in front of the mirror / in my opinion lah / that is in my

opinion

[526] SL: but when we deal with this / we can’t guess right? / we / we cannot

assume

[527] KM: this is what we mean by analytic (…) / no option is not allowed

[528] AZ: but i don’t think so in front of the mirror / because the rest of the

elaboration is more

[529] KM: i think in front of the audience actually i

think / it’s not the mirror

[530] AZ: ha

[531] SL: but i must have critic person to give advice in front of people

[532] WW: but if you said that he or she is talking in front of the audience / look

/ take a look at the third sentence / it also can make me / feel more

comfortable when i’m standing in front of the audience

[533] AL: because when you stand in front of your / maybe your friends /

first / and then you feel more comfortable / when you standing in

front of the audience

[534] AZ: er i think / the middle / in terms of / really in the middle / macam

depan tu tengah

[535] DB: literally

[536] AZ: yes / so you can see all the crowd and everything

[537] KD: i think it’s

(<mirror>) / i still think it’s mirror mirror on the wall

@ <laughs>

@ (AZ laughs)

[538] AZ: because if you are talking about assuming / i’m going to assume that

/ audience / middle

[539] KD: wrong spelling ni / mirror / middle

[540] AZ: because no such thing of /i

mean indication / oh the next thing is about mirror / or anything else

/ it’s all about the audience / relevant / direct translation / berdiri di

tengah tengah

[541] DB: so i agree with that

[542] AL: because we can’t really assume / (…) / or in front of the mirror

[543] KM: i think in front of the mirror / because towards the last / tengok /but i

must have a critic person

[544] AZ: ha

[545] KM: you see or not? / now i practice in front of mirror / but i still need i

need a person to critic

[546] SL: er / i would say / what we are doing now

is / we just assuming to help our student the best / but in the case / i

would say everyone would come across this / in your piles / you

know / er / i don’t agree that we are assuming / i would say / find /

we are looking at the supporting details / so need to find the topic

sentence / i couldn’t find even / but i can find something in the

middle / it has some elaboration there but just not that much / even if

Page 164: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

348

it is assuming / you know / make more comfortable / but the key

word there is just practice much time / regardless anywhere / but

practice to me / so elaboration is there / on the second paragraph /

but none on the first / none on the first / none on the third / and none

on the fourth

[547] KM: so that means / it’s between / the range

[548] SM: 0.5

[549] KM: yeah i agree with him / definitely out of border

[550] SL: this student / i think just give topic sentence / not much on

supporting details / and i hope / when we are marking / i hope we

don’t assume / i hope

[551] AZ: i don’t think so that we need to assume / but we need / our

understanding when we read and then we understand

[552] KM: it’s not understanding / but then not fitting not fitting (…)

[553] SL: but then the keyword here is clear / just practice much / it’s

understood / regardless any anywhere / but we are looking at

supporting details / so this decision is ours / (…) is it appropriate /

is it few / and irrelevant / i think the range is between one to three

[554] KM: yeah i think this the range / exactly / okay / ya / so we have come to/

the consensus / right / next is organisation / only we have three and

two / okay why three and why two / organisation / because there is /

a clear cut difference between one and two i think / yeah the logical

flow is clear / and this one is clear / and if we give three / meaning

the logical flow is clear / right? / so who give three / maybe we need

to share a little bit

[555] FD: <hmm kak KD?>

@ <looks at KD>

[556] KM: you mean clear in terms of what? / clear in terms of what now?/ the

logical flow of idea is clear and connected / is it well connected / is

it clear

[557] KD: it’s not well connected

[558] KM: its not well connected / that means connected but not well connected

[559] FD: but somehow it’s okay

[560] KD: somehow it is still connected

[561] WW: it is not too connected / but it is <still connected> / it is not too

clear / but it is still clear

@ <laughs>

[562] KM: somewhere in the middle / it is still connected but it is not well

connected

[563] FD: should it be (2.5?)

@ (all laugh)

[564] SM: because in the middle right?

[565] KM: so in this case / 2.5 / because yeah / i think / what is it can we?

[566] KD: i don’t know / (<c’mon with me now>)

@ <reads the sentence with intonation and laughs>

@ (all laugh)

[567] KD: first / second / third / fourth / and finally / you know / somehow its

connected

Page 165: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

349

[568] KM: yes it’s connected / but then not really connected

[569] SL: she or he uses the discourse markers / even though it’s like (…)

[570] KD:

it’s still discourse markers / still connected / sequence of the process

/ first / the confidence / and then you know / practice

[571] SL: positive

thinking

[572] KM: positive thinking / okay / okay so we have the word

such as firstly / secondly / thirdly / fourthly

[573] KD: finally you know

[574] KM: the sequence is there / so we would like to listen / who gave two? /

AL oh AL gone / there’s one more / siapa lagi sorang <lagi> /okay

NB why two?

@ (NB raises her hand)

[575] NB: why two / because / the meanings are all there / i get what it is she is

trying to say / but of course / taking into consideration / spelling /

punctuation

[576] WW: eh that one is

[577] KM: organisation

[578] NB: sorry sorry (…) / erm / i gave two because the logical of ideas flow

is there

[579] FR: two or three?

[580] NB: i gave two or three / organisation again / three / sorry / em it is clear

and connected because / the flow is there

[581] SL: supposedly we are

talking about two

[582] KM: so siapa bagi two tadi?

[583] MS: AL

[584] KM: AL sorang lagi? / because one more kan / <because dia dah two tu>/

organisation

@ <points to the screen of the projector>

[585] WW: mine one berapa tadi? / me me me me

[586] KM: ha / <WW / dia sendiri lupa bagi two tadi>

@ <looks at WW>

[587] WW: i gave two because::: / er / can i change it to (<three?>) / after

listening to kak KD / kak SL’s explanation just now

@ <laughs>

@ (all laugh)

[588] KD: the

rationale right? / given so

[589] WW: yes / at first i just / okay / because of

the discourse marker only / firstly / secondly / thirdly / fourth and

the last

[590] KM: <okay MS / would like to say something?>

@ <looks at MS>

[591] MS: i give two / but / i / i’m not really sure either my reason is acceptable

or not / but of course / it is / er / er / the student has a clear cut

discourse markers / she use / she or he uses / er / the discourse

Page 166: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

350

markers / but then the usage of it / er / first / secondly / thirdly

fourthly / it should actually shows the sequence / but in terms of the

points here / it / it can be in any sequence / it can be in any sequence

/ so by the first / second / it shows the process where it can be in any

sequence / you know / for me / it is not really clear like kak DH said

just now / it is connected / but it is not well connected / so that’s

why i gave two

[592] KM: so meaning <you agreed with two already now?>

@ <laughs>

[593] MS: no / i actually give two before

[594] KM: so meaning / now three?

[595] MS: no two

[596] KM: (still two)

@ (all laugh)

[597] MS: because for me / of course the student use discourse markers / but

the usage of it / it’s not really clear / because / i put this way / if let’s

say / we say this student should get three / and then what about

students who actually use the discourse markers correctly?

[598] SL: three

and half

[599] SM: give four

[600] KD: give <four>

@ <laughs>

[601] KM: yeah / others say four

[602] DB: so the only thing that save him or her is likely / the use of the

discourse marker / if not / he or she will not get marks

[603] MS: that’s why we have the look the usage of the discourse markers

[604] AZ: but then again / when we are talking at the organisation / it doesn’t

mean paragraph to paragraph . it should be in the paragraph itself / it

should be in grouped / so overall i think / one to six supposed to be /

in the in the whole essay/ it’s not / oh this student use discourse

markers / but in the paragraph / everything end commas and

everywhere / so i think we should evaluate in terms of that / doesn’t

mean first / second

[605] KM: no no / i mean now / actually we would like to look at / first / by

paragraph / then by essay as a whole actually / this is what it means

by organisation

[606] SL: organisation

[607] KM: and after that / sentences / and after that / would be phrases or cloze/

and so on / this is what means by organisation actually / so it takes

everything actually / not only the essay as the whole / but by phrases

/ by closes / by sentences

[608] AZ: but then again / this student / he or

she use actually / spoken discourse rather than writing discourse

[609] KM:

yes writing discourse

[610] AZ: so when it comes to writing discourse / and spoken discourse / he or

Page 167: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

351

she is going to use different sets of discourse / there are so many /

so come out like that / those kind of that in writing discourse / we

are not supposed to do that / hi gang / we are not supposed to do

that / so in terms of organisation / i don’t think so / he or she is

using the discourse markers / as he or she is supposed to use / so

actually / i’m going to give / two /

[611] KM: ha WW / student ni mesti nakal jugak dalam kelas / (<c’mon with

me baby> / yeah yeah)

@ <moves her body>

@ (all laugh)

[612] AZ: (…) they actually come out with the speech

[613] WW: <international okay / kak KD / international public speaking>

@ <looks at KD>

[614] KD: biarlah / itu ambition dia

[615] WW: that’s the thing

[616] SM: that’s relate to the for the first / few sentence/

that’s the introduction / ambition

[617] SL: so two or three?

[618] KM: so how is it? / two or three / i don’t want to say / i don’t want to give

verdict actually / because everybody can give their opinion / so how

is it?

[619] KD: tapi kalau owk / total mark tu range dia between 0.5 to one / i don’t

know it / doesn’t matter to me

[620] NB: (…) but we have the (privilege to at least deduct some mark)

@ (all laugh)

[621] KD: that’s the spirit

[622] AZ: but then again / the student is not that bad / this student is good i

think / the /the initiative of having this long / (we should

compliment) / maybe / i don’t know

@ (FR laughs)

[623] KM: idea / the idea

[624] AZ: yes

the idea

[625] SL: to say it is not clear / it’s unfair because it’s clear

[626] KD: SL / it’s clear because we are (malay) / we are understood / let’s say

/ if <DD/ you remember? / DD or NC>

@ (all laugh)

@ <looks at KM and laughs>

[627] KM: yeah / <native speaker>

[628] KD: i don’t know / <what happened to this student?>

@ <laughs>

[629] SL: if you encounter students who use other other markers / transition

signal / therefore / however / award more / i would say three

[630] KD: i would say three also

[631] KM: okay / yeah / that’s the range i think / right / yeah okay / right /so we

move on to the / convention / so we have / erm / two and three / the

convention there / because there is / a / what we call there / gap there

Page 168: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

352

/ somehow a little bit / so maybe we need to listen to those who gave

two first / convention

[632] NB: okay now this is the right one / convention / i gave two because /

even though the meaning is there / but it is being overshadowed with

spelling / convention / and grammar / and other certain errors and

that (…)

[633] SL: i / i objected / i award three because / okay / come over / i mean /

(<come along with me now everybody>)

@ <looks at KD and mimics the intonation made by KD>

@ (all laugh)

[634] KD: (come on with me baby)

@ (all laugh)

[635] SL: have a look at the line / actually all people have own ambition right /

look at the sentence structure / okay i have my own ambition that i

had admired / see / i think grammatically this student

[636] KM: which

one / which one tu / which paragraph?

[637] WW: the first paragraph

[638] SM: third line

[639] KM: oh third line

[640] SL: first / second line / third line / i have my own ambition that i had

admired / see / the sentence structured / done by the students /

except for / when i was just the / the / the missing subject verb

agreement / i was / i got it / when / it’s a spelling / i see / that’s it /

okay for the student / i don’t know / just don’t / where i can realise /

that because i had a real back problem that i can’t overcome / look at

the sentence structure / if you said the grammar are poor / it’s not

really poor looking at the grammar

[641] KD: so i try / so so so / i try

[642] SL: so i try to do the best way i can to overcome / i must confident / she

doesn’t use confidence / i / i might believe / it’s just that / i might

myself about my special abilities / look at the / look at the word use /

the one that is glaring to me is just the spelling / look at the sentence

structure guys / but i must have a critic person to give some advice

about my style / to give me / just a word choice / to give me more

better and better / i don’t think that we should we should

[643] KD: so in my case i believe in 100% that (…)

[644] SL: just the sentence / just the spelling / positive malay i mean / do you

think the grammar are poor here?

[645] WW: its not only lah / but the grammar / i think is quite okay (…)

[646] SL: yeah / i don’t think the two is the range of this student

[647] KM: it is just some / what / spelling error

[648] AZ: i think it is overshadowed

with / i mean grammar / you might / you might think that this

student have problem with grammatical error / because this person

use very simple word / like critic person / it supposed to be

[649] SL: i don’t think

this is a simple grammar / i had admired

Page 169: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

353

[650] AZ: no no / i mean / a

simple word / so bila macam simple words / we are hoping more /

okay / instead of using positive you should / instead of using

positive active / you should use negative passive / ah this kind of

thing / so maybe the student using simple / simple kind structure so

may be (…)

[651] KD: dia tahu nak guna

[652] SL: ha dia tahu nak guna / this

student know the right tense to use / i think it’s just disturb with

spelling

[653] KD: yes cuma spelling

[654] SL: just spelling / so i say / we should not award two

[655] KD: thirdly /

the most important thing is / is / ye dok? / is i must always

[656] SL: for

spr student some more

[657] AZ: spr

[658] KM: okay / so agreed / three

[659] KD: i give three

[660] KM: alright so we move on to the last one / concluding sentence / so we

all agreed with one

[661] SL: yeah one definitely

[662] KD: thank you

[663] WW: <em before that kak KM / can you explain to me / the organisation /

what we can see for the organisation / i mean what the discourse

marker ke>

@ <looks at KM>

[664] KM: oh / oh / the same thing what MS ask me / okay / so this one / the

logical flow that we know / okay / instead of discourse markers / we

even cannot comprehend this / is what it means by the logical flow

is not clear and connected / that means it is not connected and no

signing of discourse marker and so whatever / and that mean the

whole lot / we cannot / we cannot understand

[665] KD: jangan tengok

yang depan aja / dia ada / so you know / nampak dok? sebab tu kak

KD bagi tiga / tengok sentence also

[666] KM: first the whole lot / and then by paragraph / by sentences / by

phrases / ha okay / this is mean like this

[667] AZ: tapi yang ni memang

kena tengok betul betul / sometimes student kan / kalau buat

grammatical error (…)

[668] WW: takpe

[669] AZ: sekarang student ni tak banyak grammatical error macam tu tau

(…)

[670] SL: but i salute the lecturer / grammar tak banyak salah / very

good lecturer / <a popular orchestra>

@ <laughs and moves hands like an conductor of an orchestra

conductor conducting a musical band>

Page 170: REFERENCES - UMstudentsrepo.um.edu.my/3995/3/References_&_appendices.pdf · 185 REFERENCES Anderson, B. (2005). Humor and Leadership.Journal of Organizational Culture, Communication

354

[671] FH: (a popular orchestra)

@ (all laugh and clap hands)

[672] KM: okay lah / we end our meeting with surah al fatihah / surah al (asri)

/ okay thanks ya

@ (all recite prayer)

END OF TRANSCRIPTION